1320 MW Specifications For Electrical Packages

2X660MW SUPER CRITICAL THERMAL POWER PLANT
AT
THARANGAMBADINAGAPATTINAM DIST.TAMIL NADU

BID SPECIFICATION NO. : 11Z02SPCG001
MAIN PLANT PACKAGE
[BOILER TURBINE GENERATOR]

VOLUME : IIF/1
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
FOR
ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT & ACCESSORIES

CONSULTANT
DEVELOPMENT CONSULTANTS PRIVATE LIMITED
191, ANNA SALAI, CHENNAI - 600006

MAIN PLANT PACKAGE
[BOILER TURBINE GENERATOR]

OVERALL CONTENTS

VOLUME-I : COMMERCIAL & GENERAL CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT
VOLUME-II : TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION
VOLUME-III : BID PROPOSAL SHEETS [TECHNICAL PART]
CPCPL-Super Critical TPP-Tharangambadi CONTENT DCPL-11Z02

[2 x 660 MW] Main Plant Package

CONTENTS
VOLUME : II TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
VOLUME II-A : LEAD SPECIFICATION
VOLUME II-B : SPECIFICATIONS FOR STEAM GENERATOR & AUXILIARIES
VOLUME II-C : SPECIFICATIONS FOR TURBINE-GENERATOR, AUXILIARIES & OTHER

FEED CYCLE EQUIPMENT
VOLUME II-D : SPECIFICATIONS FOR POWER CYCLE & OTHER PIPING, VALVES
& SPECIALTIES
VOLUME II-E : SPECIFICATIONS FOR CONTROLS & INSTRUMENTATION
VOLUME II-F/1 & : SPECIFICATIONS FOR ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT &

VOLUME II-F/2 ACCESSORIES [IN TWO VOLUMES]
VOLUME II-G : SPECIFICATIONS FOR ELEVATORS
VOLUME II-H : SPECIFICATIONS FOR MAIN, AUXILIARY & CLOSED CIRCUIT

COOLING WATER SYSTEMS & ACCESSORIES &
MISCELLANEOUS SYSTEMS.
VOLUME II-I : FLUE GAS DESULPHURISATION (FGD)
VOLUME II-J : TENDER DRAWINGS


VOLUME : II-F/1
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
FOR
ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT & ACCESSORIES


CONTENT
VOLUME : IIF/1 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION FOR ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT
& ACCESSORIES
SECTION-I GENERAL ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATION
SECTION-II AC & DC MOTORS
SECTION-III ELECTRIC MOTOR ACTUATORS
SECTION-IV GENERATOR BUS DUCT
SECTION-V HT SWITCHGEARS
SECTION-VI 3.3 KV & 11 KV SEGREGATED PHASE BUS DUCT
SECTION-VII 415V PCC/PMCC/MCC, 415V AC AND 220V DC DB/SVB/FB, 220V

DC STARTER AND 415 V NON-SEGREGATED PHASE BUS DUCT
SECTION-VIII GENERATOR CURCUIT BREAKER
SECTION-IX GENERATOR TRANSFORMERS
SECTION-X UNIT TRANSFORMERS
SECTION-XI STATION TRANSFORMERS


VOLUME : IIF/1
SECTION-I
GENERAL ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATION

CONTENT
CLAUSE NO. DESCRIPTION PAGE NO.
1.00.00 SCOPE OF WORK V.II-F1/S-I : 1
2.00.00 TERMINAL POINT AND EXCLUSION V.II-F1/S-I : 4
3.00.00 CODES AND STANDARDS V.II-F1/S-I : 5
4.00.00 ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS V.II-F1/S-I : 5
5.00.00 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION V.II-F1/S-I : 6
6.00.00 LAYOUT CRITERIA V.II-F1/S-I : 10
7.00.00 AUXILIARY VOLTAGES V.II-F1/S-I : 14
8.00.00 SYSTEM STUDY V.II-F1/S-I : 14
9.00.00 SIZING CRITERIA FOR BATTERY V.II-F1/S-I : 16
10.00.00 SYSTEM CONTROL, METERING &

PROTECTION V.II-F1/S-I : 16
11.00.00 EQUIPMENT PROTECTION V.II-F1/S-I : 19
12.00.00 GROUNDING AND LIGHTNING PROTECTION V.II-F1/S-I : 19
13.00.00 ENERGY MANAGEMENT SYSTEM V.II-F1/S-I : 20
14.00.00 TESTING AND ERECTION EQUIPMENT V.II-F1/S-I : 24
15.00.00 CO-ORDINATION WITH STATUTORY

BODIES AND OUTSIDE AGENCIES V.II-F1/S-I : 25
16.00.00 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS V.II-F1/S-I : 25
17.00.00 TYPE AND RATING OF EQUIPMENT V.II-F1/S-I : 28
18.00.00 ENCLOSURE V.II-F1/S-I : 28

CONTENT [Contd...]
19.00.00 TROPICAL PROTECTION V.II-F1/S-I : 28
20.00.00 ELECTRICAL SWITCH BOARDS V.II-F1/S-I : 28
21.00.00 CONDUITS V.II-F1/S-I : 30
22.00.00 TYPE TEST V.II-F1/S-I : 30
23.00.00 SPECIFIC REQUIREMENT - SERVICES

(DESIGN & INSTALLATION) V.II-F1/S-I : 31
24.00.00 DRAWINGS, DATA, INFORMATION

AND MANUALS V.II-F1/S-I : 31
ATTACHMENTS
ANNEXURE-A DESIGN DATA V.II-F1/S-I : 33
ANNEXURE-B MODULE SELECTION V.II-F1/S-I : 35
ANNEXURE-C TECHNICAL PARAMETERS OF

ELECTRICAL SYSTEM V.II-F1/S-I : 37
ANNEXURE-D CAPITALIZATION OF ELECTRICAL LOSSES V.II-F1/S-I : 39
ANNEXURE-1 PROPOSED COMMUNICATION

FOR HT & LT SWITCHGEAR

VOLUME : IIF/1
SECTION-I
GENERAL ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATION
1.00.00 SCOPE OF SUPPLY & WORK
1.01.00 The scope of work shall cover detailed design and engineering of electrical
works related to main plant generation system, in plant power distribution,
main plant cabling, grounding, lightning protection etc for construction,
installation, testing and putting into successful commercial operation of the
main plant electrical system (BTG).
1.02.00 Scope of work shall cover the design, manufacture, assembly, testing at
manufacturer's works/laboratory, supply, delivery, properly packed for transport
to site, storing at site of all equipment, material and accessories related to
above electrical work along with mandatory spares, as detailed hereinafter in
subsequent sections of Volumes II-F/1,II-F/2 as required for efficient and
trouble free operation.
1.03.00 The scope of electrical installation work includes erection, testing,

commissioning, and putting into successful commercial operation of each of the
above equipment, grounding system, cabling work including fire stop protection
system, lightning protection as detailed in relevant sections of volumes II-F/1,
II-F/2 including supply of erection consumables, hardware, and other material,
labour, tools, tackle etc.
1.04.00 Scope of work shall also include detailed design & engineering, supply and
erection, in line with foregoing clauses 1.01.00, 1.02.00 and 1.03.00, of
electrical works associated with equipment, systems and subsystems
described in relevant sections of other volumes of this specification.
1.05.00 Scope of work shall also cover civil, structural and architectural works, including
design engineering, associated with the entire electrical system.
1.06.00 Broad scope of electrical equipment & systems for main plant are listed below
and these are detailed in relevant sections of Volumes II-F/1, II-F/2:
a) AC & DC motors in BTG scope
b) Electric motor actuators in BTG scope
c) Generator I s o l a t e d p h a s e bus duct including pressurization system,

NGT, LAVT, SPVT cubicles for generator.
d) 11KV & 3.3KV Switchgear & synchronizing equipments. F a s t BTS

panel for 11KV Switchgear.
e) 11 KV & 3.3 KV Segregated phase bus duct in BTG scope.
f) 415 V Power Control Centres (PCCs), Power cum motor control centres
CPCPL-Super Critical TPP-Tharangambadi
VOL.II‐F1/SEC‐I : 1 DCPL-11Z02
(PMCCs), Motor Control Centres (MCCs), AC distribution boards &
Fuse boards, 220 V DC distribution boards & fuse boards, 415 V
Non-segregated phase bus duct in BTG scope.
g) Generator circuit breaker
h) Generator Transformers
i) */11.5 KV Unit Transformers and 11/3.45 KV Unit Auxiliary

Transformers
* - Generator Voltage, KV
j) 400KV/11.5KV/11.5KV, 230/11.5KV Station Transformer and 11/3.45 KV

Stations Auxiliary Transformers
k) Neutral grounding resistors with post insulators
l) L.T. Transformers as shown in Electrical Key SLD shown in BTG Scope
m) 220 V battery and battery chargers f o r s y s t e m s in BTG scope
n) HT, LT power & control Cables, FS cable, FO cables & any special
Cables, instrumentation cables for electrical equipments within BTG
area.
o) Electrical relay, protection and metering system for Generators,

Generator Transformers ,Unit transformers ,Station Transformer, Unit
Auxiliary Transformer, Station Auxiliary Transformer along with
synchronizing equipments in BTG scope.
p) Fire Stop Mortar Seal /Fire Retardant cabling system
q) Supply, erection, commissioning - cabling, grounding and lightning

protection system including trays with accessories.
r) Supply, erection, commissioning - indoor and outdoor electrical

equipment.
s) Supply of all the structural, supporting material, hardware materials etc.
1.07.00 Electrical equipment & systems integral with mechanical equipment, systems
and subsystems, even if not specifically referred to in the sections listed under
clause no. 1.06.00 above, shall also be provided as per relevant sections of
mechanical specifications. In absence of any stipulation in the mechanical
specifications, such equipment and systems shall be supplied as per applicable
clauses of the electrical specifications listed under clause no. 1.06.00 above,
proven engineering practice and applicable codes and standards. These shall
include electrical works associated with the followings but not limited to :
a) Steam generating unit & auxiliaries.
b) Turbo generator & auxiliaries.

c) Fuel Oil heating & pressuring system for Pump house control room.
d) ACW system including pumps.
e) Power cycle pumps & drives
f) Feed heaters & deaerators
g) Turbine oil purification systems
h) Piping valves and specialties
i) Boiler Elevator
.r) Fire Stop Mortar Seal /Fire Retardant cabling system
1.08.00 Scope of Design Work
The scope of design work shall include detail design for supply, erection
construction and installation, commissioning of entire electrical system of Main
Plant Package.
1.08.01 Design Work – Electrical
o Design Memorandum for various Equipment & Systems
o Electrical system study including BOP system electrical equipments( BOP

Electrical equipment details shall be furnished during detail engineering as
required by the bidder.
o Design Calculation, Bill of Material, sizing calculation of electrical

equipments.
o Electrical Single Line Diagrams.
o Electrical layouts, showing equipment location, cable trays, cable

trenches in transformer yard, overhead cable routes ( cable bridge,
cable trestle) etc. cable trenches is acceptable only in Transformer
yard.
o Control, metering, protection and signaling scheme of each equipment

and the system.
o cable sizing calculations.
o Cable schedule and interconnection charts including route charts.
o List of equipment and respective ratings.
o Cabling and cable tray system including routing.
o Grounding and lightning protection system including underground

grounding mat, over ground grounding grid, air terminal network,
lightning mast.

o Relay co-ordination and recommended settings, relay setting
calculations, insulation co- ordination using internationally accepted
Standard Software like ETAP.
o Preparation of installation, commissioning, operation and maintenance

manuals.
o System study using internationally recognized software like ETAP to

determine fault level, voltage drop, Load flow, motor starting voltage
drop.
2.00.00 TERMINAL POINT AND EXCLUSION
2.01.00 Bidder to consider following terminal points for Electrical scope:
a) The terminal point shall be upto the EHV terminal bushing for GT and
Station transformer. Further work from EHV bushing upto switchyard
shall be in Switchyard vendor scope.
b) The s c o p e shall include following work in BTG scope in addition

to supply and installation of all transformers, Bus ducts, etc as
stated else where in the specification.
i) Grounding, Earthing of Transformer Yard, separate earthing

of, Transformer Neutral etc.
ii) Complete cabling work including inter connection between

400KV/230 KV switchyard and respective control room required
for interfacing with BTG and 400KV/230KV switchyard
BTG vendor shall also provide required no cables trays for laying
HT cable, LT power and control cables for inter facing
with400KV/230KV switchyard.
c) For interfacing /terminal point between Main Plant package (BTG) and
Balance of Plant (BOP) Bidder has to consider the following:-
i) All cable trays in pipe cum Cable Bridge up to the battery limit of
BTG as specified in relative Mechanical section shall be done by
BTG contractor. BTG contractor shall provide required no cable
trays within BTG area including in Power House for laying
interfacing HT power cables, LT power & Control,
instrumentation cables , special cables with BOP package.
ii) Providing necessary out going feeders as specified in clause

no.5.08.07.
iii) Providing necessary out going Normal LT feeders in 415V

Station Switchgears and also 415V emergency feeders to be
required for Stack and 400/230KV Switchyard.
iv) Providing Grounding mat within BTG area and providing

suitable nos. of pig tails for interconnection with BOP Grounding
mats and 400KV/230KV AIS Switchyard earthmat. The
necessary interconnection will be done by BOP vendor. At least
four nos Pig tails are required for interconnection between
400KV Switchyard & Power House Ground mat. BTG vendor
shall interconnect the grounding rod with 400KV/230KV
Switchyard grounding mat
3.00.00 CODES AND STANDARDS
3.01.00 Equipment
3.01.01 All electrical equipment and materials shall conform to latest

e d i t i o n s i n c l u d i n g a l l applicable amendments of standard publications
of International Electro technical Commission (IEC) or equivalent standards
published by the Bureau of Indian Standards (BIS) and other standards
mentioned in the various volumes of sections of this specification. In
case of a conflict between IEC and other standards, the requirement of IEC shall
govern. The provisions of tender specifications (except the clause of codes
and standards of individual specification) shall however have precedence
over all other standards.
3.01.02 Equipment and material conforming to any other standard, which ensures equal
or better quality, may be accepted. In such cases, copies of the English version
of the standard adopted shall be submitted along with the bid.
3.02.00 Installation
3.02.01 All electrical installation work shall comply with the provisions of the Indian
Electricity Act, the Indian Electricity Rules as amended up to date, relevant IS
Codes of Practice and recommendations of the Tariff Advisory Committee
(TAC). In addition, other rules or regulations applicable to the work shall be
followed. In case of any discrepancy, the more restrictive rules shall be binding.
3.02.02 Nothing in this specification or in the equipment specification shall be construed

to relieve the Contractor of his responsibility.
4.00.00 ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS
4.01.00 The equipment will be installed in hot humid and tropical atmosphere highly
polluted with coal dust, fly ash.
4.02.00 Unless otherwise noted, electrical equipment/system design shall be based on

the service conditions given below.
Site Elevation : Proposed Finished Ground level (FGL)

+
1.5m above HTL (High tide level)
Ambient Air Temperature : 50 Deg. C (Max. Dry bulb)
16.8 Deg.C (Min. Dry bulb)
Relative Humidity :

Mean Maximum Humidity
(summer) : 75%
Mean minimum Humidity

(summer) : 60%
Maximum Humidity (Monsoon) : 80%
Minimum Humidity (Monsoon) : 65%
Wind Pressure : 14.4 Km/hr
Isoceraunic Level : Ref IS
Seismic Zone : II as per IS:1893 Part-3
Horizontal Acceleration Due

to Earthquake : IS:1893
4.03.00 Sensitive relay and other electrical and electronic devices shall be located in
controlled environment such as control room, electronic equipment room etc.
as applicable.
4.04.00 For equipment installed outdoor and exposed to direct sun rays, the effect of
solar heat shall be considered in determining the design ambient temperature.
5.00.00 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
5.01.00 Electrical Systems and equipment shall cover all items related to Main plant
excluding EHV (400 KV/230KV) AIS Switchyard.
5.02.00 The main function of electrical system in a generating station is evacuation of

generated power to outgoing lines and distribution of power to auxiliary
equipment within the station.
5.03.00 Power must also be made available for starting the station when station
generation is not available and at all times to essential equipment &
instrumentation to ensure safe shutdown of the plant.
5.04.00 The Electrical Single Line Diagram for Auxiliary Power Distribution is shown in
drawing no CPCPL-11Z02-DWG-E-241.
5.05.00 The electrical system shall be developed considering the requirement of

efficient and reliable operation of the plant in normal and adverse system
conditions.
5.06.00 The system configuration will be developed on the concept that failure of any
auxiliary transformer or supply feeder will not affect full load operation or
start-up/shut down of any unit.

5.07.00 Main Generation System
5.07.01 This system provides generation, transformation to the 400 KV EHV systems
and evacuation of electric power to the 400 KV & 230KV EHV systems.
5.07.02 The connection of the generator transformer (GT) to the generator shall be by
isolated phase bus duct, through Generator Circuit Breaker and high voltage
terminals of the transformer shall be connected to the 400KV AIS through over
head conductor.
5.07.03 The neutral of each generator will be high resistance grounded through a
distribution transformer and secondary loading resistor.
This method permits sensitive ground fault protection and at the same time
limits the ground fault current to a low value, thus minimizing damage at fault
point.
5.07.04 400 KV & 230KV system shall be solidly grounded.
5.07.05 400 KV system shall have two (2) main buses with one and half breaker
scheme (I-type layout) and 230KV system shall have two main bus scheme. The
Synchronizing of G e n e r a t o r t h r o u g h G C B o r t h r o u g h Generator
Transformer HT breaker & protection scheme for GT, UT , ST that shall be
developed by the bidder.
5.08.00 Medium Voltage Power Distribution
5.08.01 This system distributes power to 11000 Volt and 3300 Volt plant auxiliaries,
both for unit and station loads.
5.08.02 Unit loads are fed through two (2) no.35 MVA (minimum) Unit transformers
(UT) connected directly to isolated phase generator bus duct of respective
units ( The actual rating to be decided during detail engineering. In case higher
size transformer is required to meet the unit and station loads, the rating to be
changed without cost implication. The bidder shall indicate the rating in the bid
based on their experience on the similar size supercritical units).
Each 35 MVA unit transformer (UT) will be connected to one (1) no.11000V unit
M.V switchgear through segregated phase bus duct and to neutral grounding
resistor through 1 no. single core 70 Sq.mm. Al XLPE cable.
5.08.03 Common station loads, unit start-up/shut-down power & contingency unit loads
will be fed from Unit Transformer a n d s t a t i o n t r a n s f o r m e r through the
11000 V switchgears.
5.08.04 One number Station Transformer MVA rating 1 0 0 M V A / 5 0 M V A / 5 0 M V A is

provided with changeover system (Fast Bus Transfer System) with unit bus to
feed 11 KV and 3.3 KV loads. Beside this the transformer shall cater the load
requirement of FGD , Jetty & Intake and Housing. The expected load for Jetty
& Intake is 11MVA and Housing 2.5MVA
5.08.05 The connection of the above Station Transformer to the station switchgear will
be through segregated phase bus duct. Connection to neutral grounding

resistor through single core 70 Sq.mm. Al XLPE cable.
5.08.06 The 3.3 KV. switchgear shall have duplicate supply source through two
incoming line breakers and one bus section breaker, with provision of auto
changeover from one source to the other in case of failure of one source.
Manual provision of planned in-phase transfer, supervised by synchro-check
relay, shall also be provided.
5.08.07 All motors above 1500 KW rating shall be connected to 11 KV Switchgear,

motors from 1500 KW below and above 160 KW shall be connected to
3300V Switchgears and the motors rating from 160KW and below 160KW shall be
connected to LT Switchgear.
BTG contractor shall submit design calculation for sizing of GT, U T , ST,
UAT for client approval. However, station auxiliary loads (BOP scope)
which are required for sizing UT & ST shall be furnished to BTG contractor
during detailed engineering..The rating of UT and ST indicated in the SLD is
approximate only. BOP auxiliary loads shall be furnished during detailed
engineering. The bidder shall consider approximate UT rating based on their
experience with similar size supercritical 2X660MW units. The cost implication
for increase in the UT rating which may be required during detailed engineering
need to be included in the bid.
5.08.08 Main plant package (BTG) supplier has to arrange the feeders in his 11KV and
3.3 KV Station Switchgears for Balance of Plant systems mainly for CW
pumps, CW pump house, Coal Handling system, Ash Handling System, In
Plant Water System, Compressor house, and 400KV/230KV Switchyard,
Fuel Oil handling system as shown in the Key SLD Drg no CPCPL-11Z02-
DWG-E-241. BOP Vendor shall be responsible for taking power from these
feeders including supplying, laying and termination of all power and control
cables instrumentation cables etc. (including termination at HT switchgear
end provided by BTG vendor). However, cable trays shall be provided upto
battery limits of BTG area including power house by the BTG vendor for
laying BOP cables.
5.08.09 Power and control , instrumentation cables required for CHP HT drives which
are located in Power House shall be supplied and laid under BOP package and
the termination and connection of all cables at 3300 V station switchgear end
shall be under BOP Package. All cable trays required for laying these cables
shall also be provided under Main Plant Package contractor up to Bunker floor.
The work of extending these trays (including supply) above bunker conveyor
floor up to HT drives & Bunker floor switchgear shall be under the scope of
BOP package.
5.09.00 L.V. System
5.09.01 L.V. distribution system shall supply power to all 415 Volt loads during normal
operation and emergency condition of the plant.
5.09.02 Unit and station L T loads will be fed through L.T. dry type transformers
connected to the respective 11000V system buses.
5.09.03 Connection of the L.T. dry type transformers to 11000V M.V. switchgear will be
through cable and to L.V. Boards through non-segregated phase bus duct.
5.09.04 L.V. system will be solidly grounded to ensure sufficient ground current for
ground fault protection.
5.09.05 L.V. switchgear shall have duplicate supply source through two incoming line
breakers and one bus section breaker, with provision of auto changeover from
one source to the other in case of failure of one source. Manual provision of
planned in-phase transfer, supervised by synchro-check relay, shall also be
kept for all L.V. Switchgear.
5.09.06 The feeders required for the following purpose ( covered in different packages) of
that service area need to be provided in the MCC/PMCC as required.
a. Ventilation and air conditioning
b. Lighting Transformers
c. Welding transformers power receptacles
d. Power sockets
e. Portable and sump pumps
f. Hoist and cranes
g. Any other purpose
.
5.09.07 ESP Control Building
For each unit, twelve (12) nos dry type LT Transformers, connected to ESP LT
PCC by non-segregated phase bus duct, are envisaged. LT transformers shall
be fed from 11KV unit switchgear feeder, six (6) from each unit switchgear,
through cable.
Downstream MCCs as required for ESP auxiliaries, shall be provided. These

MCCs shall be fed from above ESP PCC/PMCC. The feeders for AC &
ventilations for ESP control building shall be provided from this ESP
switchboard.
5.09.08 Power House Building
LV power distribution in power house building is typically shown in Electrical

Single Line Diagram : Auxiliary Power Distribution drawing no. CPCPL-11Z02-
DWG-E-241. The number and rating of L.T. transformers, various PCCs,
PMCCs, ACDBs, DCDBs, fuse boards shall be decided by the Bidder
5.10.00 220 V D.C. System
5.10.01 220 V D.C. system provides reliable source of D.C. power for control, indication
and protection of plant equipment.
5.10.02 In addition, it provides for the following emergency loads/services on failure of

A.C. supply.
a) Emergency Lub Oil Pump

b) Jacking Oil Pump
c) Seal Oil Pump
d) Emergency Lighting
e) DC scanner fan
5.10.03 The system comprises battery, float-cum-Boost-charger and one D.C.

distribution board for following system.
a) Two(2) sets of battery with two(2) sets float- cum - boost charger for
each Unit
b) One set of DCDB for each unit.
DC power required for BTG scope shall be supplied from above mentioned
DCDB..
5.10.04 On failure of A.C. input supply to the charger, the battery shall take over and
cater to all the loads connected to the D.C. system, including emergency loads.
5.10.05 Further distribution of D.C. system shall be through a number of fuse boards
being distributed in various areas.
6.00.00 LAYOUT CRITERIA
6.01.00 Transformer Yard
6.01.01 Generator transformers, unit transformers, unit auxiliary transformers and

Station transformer, will be installed in transformer yard unit wise.
6.01.02 Flexibility shall be kept for removal of any transformer on rail track without
affecting other transformer/equipment and structure.
6.01.03 One main rail track parallel to power house building A-row shall be provided. It
will be interconnected with the rail track in unloading bay. From main track,
several branch tracks will be laid up to individual transformer location. The
successful bidder needs to review the rail track arrangement drawing prepared
by the civil agency and give their acceptance.
6.01.04 Jacking pads will be provided at each right-angled connection of rail track right
up to unloading bay.
6.01.05 GT & UT centre lines will be fixed duly matching with generator busduct
centreline keeping reasonable spacing in between the transformer and from
Power House wall, that would be convenient for easy handling. The successful
bidder need to submit the layout. The busduct support structural work shall be
in bidder scope. The EPs location drawing need to be submitted by the
successful bidder during detailed engineering.
6.01.06 Switchyard gantry, intermediate gantry for GT & ST bays, stringing up to

Powerhouse shall be matched with locations of GTs & STs.
6.01.07 Fire wall in between GT & UTs and between UATs s shall be provided as per
applicable codes like TAC recommendations.
Recommendations of TAC (Tariff Advisory Committee) shall be followed

regarding requisite fire rating of Powerhouse walls adjacent to transformers
depending on the distance of the transformers.
6.01.08 Symmetry shall be maintained for transformer layouts to achieve more or less
identical arrangement for each unit.
6.01.09 The details of equipment layout and cable routing will be designed by the
successful bidder during detail engineering stage and these shall be subject to
approval by purchaser/consultant. Changes as required to achieve a neat
layout with adequate working space all around, for better aesthetics as well as
to meet statutory regulation and codes shall be done by the successful bidder
without any commercial implication.
6.01.10 11 KV and 3.3 KV segregated phase busducts will be routed in the transformer
yard from UTs, UATs and STs, up to unit and station switchgear within Power
house. Routing of busducts both inside and outside Power house will be so
designed as to cause no interference with any other equipment, cable trays,
pipe racks etc.
6.01.11 Support locations of generator bus ducts and 11KV&3.3 KV busducts shall be
properly coordinated with other equipment, piping, civil and structural work.
6.01.12 Number of rails and rail gauge will be well coordinated with number of wheels
and orientation of all large transformers including those in switchyard right from
unloading bay of Power House.
6.02.00 Criteria of Oil Pit for HT Transformers
For oil filled transformer containing 2000litre or more, oil soak pit under the
transformer and a common oil pit (unitized) outside the building at a distance
not less than 2.5 meter from the fencing shall be provided.
6.02.01 Oil Pit under Transformer and its Cooler Bank
a) Gravel filled open oil pit will be provided under each transformer and its
cooler bank. The pit shall be such that it can take oil /water surge of 1/3
of the volume of the transformer oil when filled with gravel of size 60
mm.
b) Each pit will be connected to the drain line of at least 150mm diameter
stoneware pipe with a minimum slope of 1:96 leading to common oil pit.
Level of the pit under the transformer shall be such that there will not be
permanent accumulation of oil/water.
6.02.02 Common Oil Pit
A common oil pit (unitized) shall be provided for all the transformers in
transformer yard.
a) The volume of the oil pit upto bottom level of the oil pit shall be
calculated based on the following:
• Oil quantity of the largest transformer.
• Quantity of the water for sprinkler system based on

10.2lit/min/sq.meter of the largest transformer surface area (Ref:
TAC manual for water spray system) and 10 minutes operation
of spray water system (ref : NFPA 850).
• Quantity of rainwater collected from all associated pits

(assumed 5-7% of total oil quantity of associated transformers).
b) The common oil pit will be closed type of water-proof concrete

construction.
c) Pit will be provided with two (2) sump-pumps such that discharge rate of
each pump shall be at least equal to the discharge rate of high velocity
water spray system provided for fire fighting of the transformer.
d) The sump-pump outlet will be connected to Oil-water separator.
e) The sump-pump shall have automatic operation by float switch with

manual over-riding facility.
f) Transformer fire/drainage of oil will be considered for only one

transformer at a time.
g) The oil pit will be closed type of water-proof concrete construction.
h) Pit will be provided with 2 x 100 percent sump-pump for common oil
sump.
i) A drawing no. CPCPL-11Z02-DWG-E-245 is enclosed herewith for a

typical common oil pit and pit under transformer and its cooler.
6.03.00 Auxiliary Buildings
6.03.01 Cable spreader/ vault rooms will be provided below electrical Switchgear/MCC
rooms /control room at ESP control building,
, fuel oil pressuring pump house etc.
6.03.03 ESP control building. Control rooms will be generally provided at the same
floor level of switchgear room.
6.03.04 Separate rooms shall be provided for batteries with lay down space for one
identical battery set. Battery charger and D.C. distribution board will be located
in different room.
6.04.00 Equipment Layout
6.04.01 Flexibility shall be kept for handling of equipment without obstruction both
during erection and maintenance. Adequate handling facilities, space,
door/rolling shutter of adequate width and height shall be provided for the
purpose.

6.04.02 Minimum clearance of 1500mm shall be provided on rear of panel for single
front boards where rear door width is less then 1500 mm
In general clearance of 1000 mm will be maintained on rear of single front

panels. For double front boards clearance from wall/column shall be 1500 mm
minimum.
All the LT switch board shall be double front type, minimum clearance shall be
given 1500mm. No trench shall be used below the Switch board. Cable vault
spreader room shall be provided below LT/HT switch Board.
6.04.03 For installations with two rows of boards facing each other, minimum clearance
of 2000 mm will be maintained in between fronts of boards. Where the above
clearance causes obstruction for handling any electrical equipment like dry type
L.T. transformers, the same shall be increased to suit transformer dimensions.
While fixing the clearance, the requirement of handling of equipment of other
rooms/areas shall also be considered where applicable.
6.04.04 For installations with more than two rows of panels the breadth of the
switchgear room shall be increased accordingly.
6.04.05 Generally all electrical room shall be provided with 2 doors in addition to the
shutters provided for handling transformer, switchgear, panels etc.
6.04.06 During design stage adequate space shall be provided for expansion of board
on either side to accommodate addition of panel to take care of unforeseen
factors.
6.04.07 Air-conditioned rooms shall be provided with double door.
6.04.08 All busduct shall enter the PCC/PMCC from either top or from bottom.
6.04.09 Clearance of between adjacent panels in a row shall not be less than 800 mm.
This clearance shall also be guided by equipment handling space where
applicable and space required for movement of personnel.
6.04.10 Clearances of 1500mm in between adjacent panels in a row or from the side
wall/door shall be so decided that handling of shipping section of any board is
not obstructed.
6.04.11 Cable spreader floors shall have all openings properly ridged to prevent water
drainage into the room below. In addition proper facilities shall be provided at
cable spreader floor to drain the water in case of operation of sprinkler system.
6.05.00 Interplant Cable Routing
6.05.01 Interplant cable routing will be on overhead cable trays on pipe cum cable
trestle or only cable trestle except where approved by purchaser/consultant.
Major overhead outdoor interplant cable routes are :
a) From Power House to coal handling plant switchgear
b) From Power House to Ash slurry and Ash water pump house
complex
c) From Power House to C.W./Cooling Tower area, Fire water Building
d) From Power House to boiler area.
e) From Power house to DM Plant .
Space for accommodating additional trays, which may come in future

shall be provided in present cable route. Some trays may be required
for use by the contractors of other packages like Coal Handling plant
package, plant water system package, which will be finalised during
detail engineering stage. The successful bidder of the main plant
package shall provide such trays without any extra cost to purchaser.
Major routes in boiler area to individual boiler drives, to and from ESP
Building, Fly ash conveying compressor building, vacuum pump house
& F.O. pump house, will be on overhead Cable trays on pipe cum cable
trestle or on only cable trestle.
Cables from Power House to 400 KV/230KV Switchyard Control Room

shall be routed through RCC trenches.
6.06.00 Cable Termination of L.T. Motors
Motor shall be provided with suitable expansion terminal box with proper
arrangement for termination of aluminium power conductor when motor
terminal box is not adequate for terminating the aluminimum power cable
7.00.00 AUXILIARY VOLTAGES
Following auxiliary voltages will be envisaged for auxiliary power control and
instrumentation.
a) 240 V, 1 Ph, 50 Hz
b) 220 V, DC, two wire, ungrounded
c) 240 V, 1 Ph, 50 Hz, UPS System
d) Any other voltage if required shall be generated by the bidder
8.00.00 SYSTEM STUDY
On the basis of the transformer capacity and impedance chosen, unit loads,
station loads calculated, voltage regulation and short circuit levels are to be
calculated to determine the followings.
a) Voltage dip on starting auxiliaries
b) Symmetrical breaking current
c) Maximum momentary current.
Successful bidder to determine voltage regulation and short circuit levels to

ensure that these are within permissible value will do system study. Various
conditions to be considered in Study are as follows.
8.01.00 Voltage Regulation
Condition Permissible voltage at motor

terminal in percent of rated voltage
a) MDBFP Starting 75
b) CWP Starting 80
c) Coal mill 85
8.02.00 For fault on 11KV station bus at 110% voltage, the total of system contribution
and motor contribution shall be limited to breaking current of 44 KA rms and
momentary current of 112 KA peak under following conditions.
Each Unit transformer shall be sized for the following
a) The loads of a set of unit auxiliaries corresponding to 60% of BMCR

operations plus
b) The connected station loads plus
c) Loads due to outage of largest rated outgoing transformer feeders on

other bus plus
d) 10% margin on the aforesaid loads

8.03.00 The 400KV Three winding station transformer (OBAT01) HV1/HV2, each shall be
sized to meet the
a. The loads of a set of unit auxiliaries corresponding to 60% BMCR operation

(Total load on one unit bus) plus
b. The connected station loads plus
c. One no MDBFB (1x50% or 2x25% or 1x30% MDBFP)
d. FGD loads plus (Bidder to indicate )
e. Intake and jetty load plus (11MVA)
f. Housing colony load (2.5MVA ) plus
g. 10% margin of aforesaid loads
The 400 KV Station transformer EHV rating shall be twice the rating of HV1 rating.
The 220KV station transformer rating (OBTA02) shall be 50% of OBTA01 EHV
rating
8.04.00 Unit Transformer, S t a t i o n transformer, Unit Auxiliary T r a n s f o r m e r ,

Station Auxiliary Transformer sizing criteria

Bidder shall submit a detail design calculation for sizing of Transformers as per
CEA guide line for approval of client/consultant. The rating need to be decided
by the bidder based on their experience on similar size projects for bidding
purpose.
9.00.00 SIZING CRITERIA FOR BATTERY
The successful bidder shall determine Battery Duty Cycle curve. Important
loads to be considered while deciding duty cycle of station batteries are to be
tabulated below :
1. 11 KV/ 3.3 KV Switchgear, F BTS
2. 415V Switchgear
3. Generator Auxiliary Panels /protection panels
4. Seal Oil Pump
5. Generator Excitation/ Turbine control cabinet
6. Emergency Oil Pump
7. Jacking Oil Pump
8. Valve Drives
9. Boiler Auxiliaries & DC scanner fan
10. Control Desk & Auxiliary Control Panels
11. Misc. Instrumentation
12. Clock System
13. Annunciation system & intercommunication system
14. DC Lighting
15. Load of one (1) DC pump running due to prolong outage of A.C. Pump
16. Any other load (to be decided by successful bidder) and as required for
other Systems in the main plant area to be decided during detail
engineering.
Continuous, momentary (0-1 min), continuous emergency (1-59 min) and

Impulse (59- 60 min) loads shall be calculated and duly considered in battery
duty cycle curve. Each set of battery shall meet the above requirement.
10.00.00 SYSTEM CONTROL, METERING & PROTECTION
10.01.01 In line with the present-day practice unitized control of the electrical
system/equipment has been envisaged for the plant.

10.01.02 The detail write up on operational philosophy of the unit is given hereinafter.
10.01.03 Generators, G e n e r a t o r c i r c u i t b r e a k e r s a n d G T H V s i d e
b r e a k e r s will be controlled from unitized Control Room. However, the
400 KV bus selection for generators shall be done from Switchyard Control
Room by operation of associated disconnecting switches.
10.01.04 The 400KV and 230 KV side of Station Transformer feeders shall be
controlled from switchyard control room as well as Power house control room.
10.01.05 OLTC control for Station Transformers shall be done from Power House
Control room (ECP).
10.01.06 Control & metering (MEAA) of generator, generator transformer, unit

transformers, Station t r a n s f o r m e r s , etc. will be from Central
Operating Console and ECP. The protection of GENERATOR shall be
effected thru’ redundant (2 x 100%) numerical/Microprocessor based Digital
Protection Relays. Separate CT & PT shall be used for implementation
of such redundancy. Protection of GT, ST, UT shall be achieved through
discrete numerical relay protection.
10.01.07 The control, indication, metering and monitoring of the electrical auxiliary
power distribution system comprising of 11 KV & 3.3 KV circuit breakers
(except those for motor feeders), LT transformers, 415 V switchgear breakers
for incomers and bus couplers, DG system etc. shall also be achieved from
operator’s consoles through D DCMIS. For details relevant section of C & I
shall be referred (Vol – II E-SEC-VI clause 6.14.00).
10.01.08 All equipment/components viz. Transducers (dual channel type) etc. required
to interface with plant D D C M I S system shall be provided in
Switchgear/control panels. The minimum protection required for different
equipment and system are indicated in Section-V of Volume : IIF/2.
10.01.09 One Back up electrical control panel (ECP) for each unit shall also be
provided in the respective control room. The back-up control panel shall be
stand-alone in mosaic grid configuration consisting of Generator manual
synchronizing equipments, governor and excitation control, metering
equipment, breaker control switches for GCB, GT HV breakers, 11KV,3.3 KV
& 415V Unit / station switchgear incomers, tie and outgoing non-motor feeder
breakers, synchronizing selector switches, Auto-Manual, Remote-Local
and other selector switches as required along with annunciation windows,
indications and mimic diagram (from 400KV , 230 KV level to 415V level).
Cooler control for Generator Transformers, Unit Auxiliary
transformer, Station auxiliary transformer, Cooler control & Tap
changer control for Station Transformers and Unit Transformers in Remote-
Manual mode shall also be provided in the Back-up Control Panel. DGs shall
also be controlled from DDCMIS/EDMS as well as Electrical control panel.
Number of non trip and trip annunciation facia shall also be provided. All the
switches and other equipments on the panel.shall be suitable for mosaic titles.
The generator synchronizing system components (check synchronizing relay,
Guard relay, synchroscope, Double voltmeter, double frequency meter) shall be
separate from synchronizing system components of 11 KV, 3.3KV and 415 V
system buses.

10.01.10 . local panels will be provided near respective system/equipment such as
Boiler Feed Pump, Hydrogen seal oil system, Electrostatic precipitator etc.
10.02.00 The Operational Philosophy of the Unit
Each unit of 660 MW of the station would have its own super critical boiler,
turbine generator, directly connected to individual transformer. The generated
power will be boosted to 400 KV and fed to the grid. A 60% H.P. - L.P. bypass
has been provided to permit operation of the boiler to achieve required steam
temperature for turbine during hot re-start and to save condensate during
start-ups. With this bypass arrangement it is envisaged that as long as
adequate vacuum in the condenser, which serves as the heat sink for the
dumped steam, is within allowed limits, the boiler will continue to be in service
in case of faults with turbine and/or generator.
In case of internal faults in the generator transformer/generator/unit transformer

both turbine and generator will automatically trip. For faults external to the
generator and transformer, the generator breaker will open and the turbine,
generator shall be operated on house load.
In case of internal faults of the turbine except for thrust bearing failure and low
lub. oil pressure, the turbine will trip and the generator will sequentially trip on
low forward power relay/reverse power relay. This is to avoid over-speeding of
the turbine in case of any mal-function or leakage past any of the stop and
control valve. The thrust bearing and low lub oil pressure trips would trip both
turbine and generator simultaneously. The boiler may, however, operate on
bypass and would have to be tripped manually as per Operator's discretion.
The over all scheme shall be finalized during detail engineering.
However, to protect the quenching of hot metal parts of the turbine any time the
boiler trips due to its protection logic, the turbine will trip and the generator
would sequentially trip by the action of low forward power relay. This would
also be backed up by a reverse power relay to cover the remote possibility of a
turbine generator coupling failure.
Suitable unit interlock and protection scheme shall be developed to ensure

safety of equipment and stable operation of the unit within permissible limits.
Apart from this, the Generator Transformer, the Unit Transformer and the
Station Transformer have to be provided with necessary safety interlock.
In case of tripping of the unit, Fast bus change over scheme has been
proposed to change supply of the Boiler and the Turbine Auxiliaries from Unit to
Station system automatically and thereby avoiding trip out of the Boiler and
providing uninterrupted supply to vital Turbine auxiliaries. Under this `Fast bus
change over' scheme the Boiler shall be operating with 60% HP-LP Bypass
even if there is trip out of Turbine and Generator.
Suitable operational logic shall be developed to operate and control the unit
from Central Control Room along with its sub-group and sub-loop control.
House load operation of this unit has been contemplated.

11.00.00 EQUIPMENT PROTECTION
11.01.00 General
11.01.01 The primary objective is to mitigate the damage of the plant and equipment
during fault or system disturbances.
11.01.02 Automatic trip functions will be initiated for isolation of fault, which could cause
immediate and severe damage.
11.01.03 Every effort shall be made to avoid unnecessary trip. There will be annunciation
to alert the operator to take corrective action in time.
11.01.04 At least two protective devices, preferably operating in parallel on different

principles, will be utilised in protection of major equipment, where possible.
11.01.05 The major protections envisaged for the various equipment are listed under
relevant sections of this specification
12.00.00 GROUNDING AND LIGHTNING PROTECTION
The grounding requirement of the power station complex is divided into the
following three main categories :
a) System grounding
b) Equipment grounding
c) Electronic Equipment grounding
The system grounding is adopted to facilitate ground fault relaying and to

reduce the magnitude of transient over voltage. The system grounding involves
grounding of the generators and transformer neutrals. High resistance
grounding is envisaged for generator neutral, which would be achieved through
a distribution transformer shunted by a resistor in the secondary. The Earth
fault current shall be limited to 5-15 Amps.
For 11 KV &3.3 KV System, low resistance grounding is envisaged so as to

facilitate selective clearance of ground fault through earth leakage relay
connected in the residual circuit of phase current transformers.
The 415 Volt System will be solidly grounded. The 220 V DC system will be
ungrounded.
Grounding of equipment body is to be adopted to provide protection to

personnel from potential caused by ground fault currents and lightning
discharges.
A stable ground grid will be provided for grounding of equipment and structures
and for maintaining the step and touch potentials within safe limits. An earth
mat will be laid in and around the power station. This mat will be buried at a
suitable depth below the ground and provided with ground electrodes at
suitable spacing. All metallic parts of equipment, supposed to be kept at earth
potential, will be connected to the grounding mat. Buildings, structures,
transmission towers, plant railroad tracks, the perimeter fencing will also be
connected to the grounding mat. This grounding mat will be interconnected
with the BOP grounding mats provided by the BOP Vendor.
For grounding of electronic equipment, a separate earthing system consisting

of a number of deep driven earthing rods interconnected with insulated cables
and insulated risers are to be installed. This system will be totally isolated from
the power equipment earthing mesh risers described above and will be located
underground vertically below the electronic equipment room.
Lightning protection system will be installed for protection of the

buildings/structures and equipment against lightning discharge. This will be
achieved by providing lightning masts on stacks, cooling towers, power house
building, towers in switchyard, flood light towers etc. and connecting these with
ground grid.
13.00.00 ENERGY MANAGEMENT SYSTEM
Energy meters suitable shall be provided as per Meters for Energy Accounting
& Audit (MEAA) confirming to latest CEA’s regulations. The electrical system
parameters should be displayed in the HMI station provided in the Control
Room . The system should be fast to display electrical parameters at the
Operator Console in real time.
The separate Energy management system to collect electrical parameters of

BOP electrical system (HT and LT switchgear) shall be provided by BOP
vendor. This system need to be integrated with the main plant Energy
management system so that there shall be central monitoring and reporting
for the total plant electrical distribution system parameters. The close
coordination shall be required between vendors of these two systems during
detailed engineering which need to be arranged by the bidder.
The offered Energy Management System shall have provisions to generate

the following reports:
• Power Generation Report - Shift wise, Daily, Weekly, Monthly and

Yearly basis
• Power Consumption Report - Shift wise, Daily, Weekly, Monthly and

Yearly basis
• PLF Report - Daily, Weekly, Monthly and Yearly basis
• Single Line Diagram
• Breaker ON/OFF Status
• Load Flow and
• Reactive Power Flow
The required number of transducers, MFM shall be provided in the HT and LT

switchgear to provide the signals required by Energy management system.
Also the system shall be used for Numerical protection relays parameterization
and to collect the data of the Numerical relay status.

13.01.00 System Requirement
• Total Number of Power Meters –.as required
• Number of Communication Servers – 2 nos.
• Number of Data Viewers – 2 nos.
Electrical parameter data i.e. V, A, PF, MW, MWH, MVAR, F, Harmonics, etc.
from all the electrical power meters should be displayed on the HMI
station.. In addition real time waveforms and harmonics graphs should be
displayed on the each operator screen.
13.02.00 System Configuration
The system configuration is as per annexure 1. Two communication servers

shall be used for collecting data from the power meters. Two operator
consoles shall be provided for MMI and data viewing.
Data from power meters shall be converted from RS 485 to TCP/IP via
industrial grade converters. Each RS 485 loop shall have approx. 15 power
meters in the loop to maintain high-speed communication. All th e data
converters shall be isolated and industrial grade. The data converters shall be
main and Station for each loop.
TCP/IP data shall be transmitted via fiber optics cable via TCP/IP to fiber
optics converters. Data communication shall be done via RS 485 cable or
optical fiber cable depending on the site location to get maximum speed and
optimize the costs. This will ensure data communication at high speed without
corruption due to electrical noise.
TCP/IP switch shall be used at the central control room for interfacing the
data received from fiber optics cable to PC.
One of the servers PC shall be used to collect data from power meters
installed in other SCADA system. Data from these power meters should be
made available on TCP/IP network.
The proposed communication scheme shall provide real time electrical data
with in three to four seconds.
13.03.00 Component Specifications
Specifications of the various components used in the system along with

quantity are given in the following table. The items and quantity shall include
but not limited to the followings :
l. Item Specifications
No.
1 RS 485 to TCP/IP N port, multi client, isolated with automatic
converter (RTC) direction control, 10/100 MBPS, two port RS
with accessories 485, two wire, ESD protection 15 KV, power
supply 12 to 30V DC, operating temperature 0 to
55°C with installation and configuration software.

2 TCP/IP to Fiber Un-managed Ethernet / Fiber Optics Switch, one
Optics Converter Fiber Optics Interface, one Single Mode 100
with one Fiber Base Fx Port, six TCP/IP Ports, operating
Optics output temperature 0 to 60°C.
(TFCO) with
accessories
3 TCP/IP to Fiber Un-managed Ethernet / Fiber Optics Switch, two
Optics Converter Fiber Optics Interface, two Single Mode 100
with two Fiber Base Fx Ports, six TCP/IP Ports, operating
Optics outputs temperature 0 to 60°C.
(TFCT)
4 Light Interface Unit LIU for Fiber Optics connection, Patch Cords,
(LIU) required connectors, etc.
5 Fiber Optics Cable Six core, armored detailed specification
(OFC) along with mentioned below
HDPE Pipe and
Hardware &
fittings
6 Switch 24 ports
7 Hub Cable Hub cable CAT 5, 2 Mtrs.
8 RS 485 Cable Two core, twisted, mayler shielded, drain wire,
overall screened and overall PVC insulated.
9 Communication Xeon, 3.2GHz, 3x 142GB hard disk, Windows
Server 2000, 2GBRAM, 1MB Cache, CD R/W, Office
XP with 21” TFT monitor
10 Operator Console P4, 2.8GHz, 2x 36GB hard disk, Windows 2000,
with Printer 512MBRAM, CD R/W, Office XP with 21” TFT
monitor and A3 size Color Laser Printer
11 Energy management Suitable for operation with 500 power
System meters/Numerical relays, real time trend,
historical data, grouping, real time data viewing,
real time waveform view, two users, MMI page
viewing, historical data saving
12 Communication Sheet steel panels, wall mounting, for housing
Panel the communication components with required
power supply.
13.04.00 Fiber Optics Cable Construction Specification
13.04.01 Secondary Protection
The primary coated fibres may be protected by loose packaging within a tube
or tubes, filled with thixotropic jelly.
13.04.02 Strength Member
Solid FRP non-metallic strength member / members in the cable core / sheath
shall be provided. The strength member (s) in the cable shall be for strength and
flexibility of the cable and shall have anti buckling properties. These shall also
keep the fibre strain within permissible values.
The non-metallic strength member (s) may be in the cable core or embedded

within the sheath.
13.04.03 Cable Core Assembly
Primary coated fibres in loose tube / tubes and / or in groove stranded together
around a central strength member using helical or reverse lay techniques shall
form the cable core. Alternatively multiple units of fibres may be placed loosely
in a single tube with the strength members in the sheath
13.04.04 Core Wrapping
The main cable core containing fibres shall be wrapped by layer / layers of
polyester foil tape. The nylon / polyester binder tape or thread shall be used to
hold the tape if required.
13.04.05 Moisture Barrier (Protection)
The main cable core (containing fibres & core wrapping) shall be protected by
flooding compound (jelly) having properties of non-hygroscopic dielectric
material and water sweallable tape. The core wrapping shall not adhere to the
secondary fibre coating.
13.04.06 Filling Compound
The filling compound used in the loose tube and in the cable core shall be
compatible to fibre, secondary protection of fibre, core wrapping etc. The drip
point shall not be lower than +70°C. The fibre movement shall not be
constrained by stickiness and shall be easily removable for splicing. Reference
material test method to measure drop point shall be as per ASTM D 556. The
filling and the flooding jelly compound shall be as per the GR No.G/ORM-01/02
MAR 99 and the subsequent amendments if any.
13.04.07 Inner Sheath
A non-metallic moisture barrier sheath may be applied over and above the
cable core. The core shall be covered with tough weather resistant High
Density Polyethylene (HDPE) sheath black in colour (UV Stabilized) and the
colour shall conform to Munsell Colour Standards. Thickness of the sheath
shall be uniform and shall not be less than 1.8 mm including the strength
members used in the sheath. The sheath shall be circular, smooth, and free
from pinholes, joints, mended pieces and other defects. Reference test method
to measure thickness shall be as per IEC 189 Para 2.2.1 and Para 2.2.2
13.04.08 Reinforcement
The aerial optical fiber cable shall be reinforced with Aramid Yarn in the
periphery over the inner sheath. The Aramid Yarn shall be uniformly and
equally distributed on the entire periphery (circumference) of the cable. The
quantity of the Aramid Yarn used per kilometre length of the cable with its D-
Tex value shall be indicated by the manufacturer.
13.04.09 Outer Jacket
A circular and uniform tough weather resistant polyethylene compound HDPE

material. Sheath/Jacket black in colour shall be provided over and above the
reinforcement of aramid yarn. The thickness of the outer sheath/jacket shall
not be less than 2.0 mm. The sheath shall be free from pinholes, joints,
scratches, mended pieces and other defects etc. and it shall have smooth
finish.
13.04.10 Cable Diameter
The manufacturer shall define the cable diameter. The finished cable
diameter shall be within + 0.5 mm from the defined cable diameter.
13.04.11 RIP Cord
The two suitable (minimum) ripcords shall be provided which shall be used to
open the inner and outer (HDPE) sheath of the cable. It shall be capable of
consistently slitting the sheath without breaking for a length of 1 meter at the
installation temperature. The rip cord (s) shall be properly waxed to avoid
wicking action and shall not work as a water carrier.
The ripcord used in the cable shall be readily distinguishable from any other
components (e.g. Aramid Yarn etc.) utilized in the cable construction.
14.00.00 TESTING AND ERECTION EQUIPMENT
14.01.01 The major testing equipment that are required to be provided by the
Contractor are listed below :
a) Insulation Tester i) Power operated Megger - 1 KV

and 5 KV Grade.
ii) Hand operated Megger -1 KV

and 500 Volt Grade
b) Hand driven Earth Resistance Megger, range 0 - 1/3/30 Ohms.
c) High Potential Testing Set - roller mounted type for EHV equipment.
d) Tong testers of suitable ranges.
e) Contact resistance measuring set for Micro-ohms/breaker timing

measurement.
f) Torque wrench of various sizes.
g) Digital Multimeters, test lamp, field telephone with buzzer set, different
gauges, etc.
h) Insulating oil-testing set of range 0 - 60 KV.
i) Stream line oil filter for transformer.
j) Filtering machine for transformer oil 6000 liters/hour

k) Filtering machine for silicon oil 1000 liters/hour
l) Portable dew point measuring instrument
m) Automatic capacitance and Tan Delta test set
(schering Bridge) with oil resistivity cell
n) PPM measuring instrument
o) Relay calibration kit (Electronic type)
p) Portable Primary & Secondary current injection test kit with
separate control & loading units
14.01.02 Other test and erection equipment, as required, shall be arranged by the
Contractor.
15.00.00 CO-ORDINATION WITH STATUTORY BODIES AND OUTSIDE AGENCIES
The Contractor shall be fully responsible for carrying out all co- ordination and
liaison work with Electrical Inspectors, Factory Inspector, and other statutory
bodies for implementation of the work.
Applications on behalf of the Owner, for submission to the Electrical Inspector

and other statutory bodies along with necessary drawings complete in all
respects shall be prepared by the Contractor. Approved drawings and
certificates shall be submitted to the Owner/Consultant well ahead of schedule
so that the actual commissioning of equipment does not get delayed for want of
inspection and approval by the Inspector and other statutory bodies. The actual
inspection work by the Electrical Inspector shall be arranged by the Contractor
and necessary coordination and liaison work in this regard shall be the
responsibility of the Contractor.
16.00.00 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
16.01.00 Drawing Approval
16.01.01 Before starting manufacture of any equipment, the Contractor shall have to
take approval of relevant drawings and data from the Purchaser/Consultant in
writing.
16.01.02 Any manufacture done prior to the approval of drawings/data shall be rectified
in accordance with the approved drawings/data by the Contractor at his own
cost and the equipment shall be supplied within the stipulated period.
16.02.00 Drawings & Annexure
16.02.01 All drawings and annexure appended to the specification shall form part of
this specification and supplement the requirements specified herein.
16.02.02 This specification shall be read and construed in conjunction with the

drawings and annexure to determine the scope of work and terminal points.
16.02.03 The quantities shown on drawings and annexure are tentative for bidding
purpose only. Any variation arising during detailed engineering stage shall be
taken into account by bidder without any price adjustment.
16.03.00 Completeness of Supply
16.03.01 It is not the intent to specify completely herein all details of the equipment.
Nevertheless, the equipment shall be complete and operative in all aspects
and shall conform to highest standard of engineering, design and
workmanship.
16.03.02 Any material or accessory which may not have been specifically mentioned
but which is necessary or usual for satisfactory and trouble-free operation and
maintenance of the equipment shall be furnished without any extra charge.
16.03.03 The Contractor shall supply all brand new equipment and accessories as
specified herein with such modification and alteration as agreed upon in
writing after mutual discussion.
16.03.04 ‘Make’ of brought-out items are subject to Owner / Purchaser’s approval. The
contractor shall furnish relevant details to the Owner / Purchaser for his
concurrence before procurement.
]
16.04.00 Proposal Data
The proposal data sheets annexed to this specification shall be filled in

without any ambiguity by typing in appropriate place on each page. These
pages must be properly signed by authorized representative of the Bidder as
verification of the data and submitted along with the bid to form part of the
Bidder's formal proposal.
16.05.00 Guaranteed Performance
The performance figures quoted in Technical Particular sheets shall be

guaranteed within the tolerance permitted by relevant standards. In case of
failure of the equipment to meet the guarantee, the equipment may be liable
for rejection.
16.06.00 Deviation
16.06.01 Should the Bidder wish to deviate from this specification in any way, he shall
draw specific attention to such deviation.
16.06.02 All such deviations shall be clearly mentioned on the Deviation sheet
enclosed, with reference to the respective clause of the specification.
16.06.03 Unless such deviations are recorded in the Deviation sheets and submitted
with the offer, it shall be taken for granted that the offer is made in conformity
with this specification in all respects.
16.07.00 Experience & Qualifying Requirement
16.07.01 Necessary information about the financial and technical resources,

organization and experience to undertake the manufacturing and supply of
such equipment shall be supplied by the Bidder as an evidence of his
capability for satisfaction of the Owner / Purchaser.
16.07.02 The Bidder shall submit along with his bid a list of major contracts for supply
of similar equipment executed/being executed by him during last 5 years
giving detailed particulars such as quantity, equipment rating, contract value,
name of the Owner / Purchaser, year of commissioning etc.
16.07.03 The bidder shall submit the documentary evidence that equipment of similar
rating has been manufactured by him and are in successful operation for
more than two (2) years in two or more projects of similar nature on the date set
for opening of the bid.
16.07.04 Not withstanding anything stated above, the Owner / Purchaser reserves the
right to assess bidder’s financial and other capabilities to execute the
contract.
16.08.00 Quality Assurance
16.08.01 The Contractor shall follow his standard procedures for quality assurance and
control. A copy of the said standard procedures shall be submitted to the
Owner / Purchaser for his reference. However, Owner / Purchaser reserves
the right to review the same and give his observations, if any, for compliance.
16.08.02 The procedures shall be in such a form as to clearly delineate the

manufacturing sequence, inspection points, tests and test procedures,
acceptable ranges / values, reference drawings etc.
16.08.03 The Owner / Purchaser shall inform the Contractor as to which of the
inspection points and tests shall be witnessed. As a minimum, inspection and
testing of the finished equipment shall be made prior to shipment, unless
specifically waived by the Owner / Purchaser. The contractor shall give at
least fifteen (15) days advance notice regarding readiness of the equipment.
16.08.04 Manufacturing and quality control procedures shall be available for audit to
the Owner / Purchaser and/or its representative at the place of manufacture.
16.08.05 The Owner / Purchaser reserves the right to inspect the equipment at the
point of manufacture and witness factory and other such tests as may be
necessary to ensure conformance to the specification.
16.08.06 The Owner / Purchaser may inspect the Contractor's facilities prior to award
of contract.
16.08.07 The Owner / Purchaser may witness any or all of the tests stipulated in the
relevant standards and this specification.
16.08.08 The Owner / Purchaser may conduct surveillance of the Contractor's facilities
for compliance to his standard procedures of Quality Assurance and Quality
Control while work on the specified equipment is in progress.
16.09.00 Packing for Shipment
16.09.01 The equipment complete with its accessories, spares, special tools and
tackles shall be suitably protected by respective packing for shipment
considering handling during transit, distance and weather conditions involved.
The Contractor shall submit the packaging method for shipment to be
adopted by him, if so desired by the Owner / Purchaser.
16.09.02 Each consignment shall be marked with Equipment name, Owner /
Purchaser’s name & address, Project details, handling instruction etc. It shall
be complete with part list and identification details. The copies of the part list
of each consignment shall also be furnished to the Owner / Purchaser after
dispatch.
16.09.03 Equipment shall be packaged for transportation so as to meet the space and
weight limitation of transport facilities. The contractor shall obtain approval
from concerned authorities for transportation of over dimensioned
consignment/package, if any, before starting manufacture of such equipment.
17.00.00 TYPE AND RATING OF EQUIPMENT
17.01.00 The number of types and sizes of motor, controls, and other electrical
equipment shall be kept to a minimum so that the requirement of spares is
minimized.
17.02.00 Equipment shall be rated for the load and duty cycle of the intended service
Circuit breakers and fuses shall be rated to withstand and interrupt the
maximum fault current at the point of application in the circuit.
18.00.00 ENCLOSURE
18.01.00 Unless otherwise stated, enclosure of electrical equipment intended for indoor
service which are located in electrical switchgear room shall be dust-tight,
vermin proof with gasketted doors/covers, generally conforming to degree of
protection IP-4X. Equipment located in other areas shall have enclosure
conforming to degree of protection of at least IP-54 or as specified in particular
section.
18.02.00 Equipment enclosure, intended for outdoor service, shall be of weather-proof

construction, generally conforming to degree of protection IP-55.
18.03.00 For equipment located in hazardous areas, increased safety type enclosure,
such as flame/explosion proof type, shall be provided. Such enclosures shall be
certified by recognized authority as suitable for use in that particular
environment.
19.00.00 TROPICAL PROTECTION
19.01.00 All electrical equipment, accessories and wiring shall have fungus protection
involving special treatment of insulation and metal against fungus, insects and
corrosion.
19.02.00 Fine mesh screen of corrosion resistant material shall be furnished on all
ventilating openings to prevent entry of insects.
20.00.00 ELECTRICAL SWITCH BOARDS
20.01.00 General
20.01.01 Switchboards shall be dead-front, free-standing, vertical, cubicle/panel type,

completely wired, having access doors with concealed hinges and locking
type latches.
20.01.02 Panels shall be fabricated from minimum 1.6 mm. & 2mm thick CRCA (cold
rolled continuously annealed sheet steel, free from any surface imperfections
and suitably reinforced to provide a sturdy and rigid assembly. Load bearing
wall shall be 2mm thick and other wall shall be 1.6mm thick.
20.01.03 Panels shall be adequately sized for installation of field cables and access for
maintenance. The working zone shall be limited between 450 mm and
1800 mm from floor level.
20.01.04 Each panel shall be provided with internal illumination lamp operated by door
switch, space heater with switchfuse unit, and plug socket with switch for hand
lamp.
20.01.05 Removable eye bolt/lifting lugs shall be furnished on all panels.
20.02.00 Unless otherwise stated, equipment rating and module sizes shall be as per
annexure B. Module selection chart is specified for guidance of bidder in
respect to requirement of module space and component ratings.
20.03.00 Equipment Mounting
20.03.01 All instruments, switches etc. mounted on the front face of the panels shall be
of flush type.
20.03.02 All equipment shall be so mounted that removal and replacement may be
accomplished individually without interruption of service to others.
20.03.03 All equipment inside the panel shall be so located that their terminals and
adjustments are readily accessible for inspection and maintenance. Adequate
ventilation shall be provided in enclosed panel.
20.03.04 At least 20% with a minimum of one spare feeders of each type shall be
provided in MCC/Switch Board.
20.04.00 Panel Wiring
20.04.01 All panels shall be fully wired at the factory to ensure proper functioning of all
control, protection and interlock schemes. All wiring for external connections
shall be brought to terminal blocks and numbered.
20.04.02 Panel wiring shall be carried out with flexible, heat resistant, 650V grade, PVC
insulated stranded copper wire of minimum 2.5 Sq.mm cross section.
20.04.03 Solderless compression/clamp type connection shall be used for wire terminals.
Wiring shall be continuous between terminals without splicing. Each wire shall
be identified at both ends with permanents markers having wire numbers as
per approved wiring drawings.
20.04.04 Terminal blocks shall be Box clamp type with marking strip. Not more than two
wires shall be connected to one terminal. Spare terminal equal in number to
20% of active terminals shall be furnished.
20.05.00 Grounding

A copper ground bus, sized to carry maximum short circuit current, shall run
along the entire length of panel structure and shall have terminal connector at
each end for connection to station ground grid (50 X 6 mm G.I. flat).
20.06.00 Painting
All metal surface shall be cleaned, phosphated and given two coats of
rust-resistant primer followed by two coats of finish paint. Required colour
shade shall be RAL7032.
20.07.00 Name Plate
Nameplate of approved design shall be furnished on each panel and for each
instrument or device mounted on panel.
The material for nameplate shall be 3 mm thick lamicoid or approved equal,

with white letters on black background.
20.08.00 Tests
Each panel shall be completely assembled, wired, adjusted and tested at the
factory prior to shipment. The test shall include wiring continuity tests, insulation
tests and functional tests to ensure satisfactory operation and control of
individual equipment in presence of consultant/ owner’s representatives.
20.09.00 Special Cables
Special cables for specific purpose, as required, shall be supplied and installed
by the Contractor.
21.00.00 CONDUITS
21.01.00 Conduits shall be of heavy gauge rigid steel, hot-dip galvanized, cut square,
reamed, threaded and screwed tight at all joints.
21.02.00 Conduit entrances to pull boxes and switches shall have double lock nuts &
insulating bushings. No running thread shall be used.
21.03.0 Flexible metallic conduit shall be used for connection to equipment, which are
subject to vibration, and also for connection to level/limit/pressure switches.
21.03.0 HDPE PVC pipes shall be used for single core power cables.
22.00.00 TYPE TEST
All equipment/cables shall be of proven design and type tested as per relevant
standard. Type test certificates/specific type tests shall be furnished. If the
particular type test is not already conducted on similar size equipment the
same to be conducted. If asked for with reference to any specific equipment in
the respective sub-section of the Specification. However, bidder may note the
following :
A) For short circuit test, proto-type, similar design of same capacity of

higher documentary evidence shall be submitted for customer approval.
B) For new designed equipment, type test to be conducted at CPRI or

Government approved laboratory at bidder’s cost.
23.00.00 SPECIFIC REQUIREMENT - SERVICES (DESIGN & INSTALLATION)
23.01.00 Methods and Workmanship
23.01.01 All equipment shall be installed in a first class, neat workmanlike manner by
mechanics/electricians skilled in the trade involved.
23.01.02 The erection work shall be supervised by competent supervisors holding

relevant supervisory license from the Government.
23.01.03 All details on installation shall be electrically and mechanically correct.
23.01.04 The installation shall be carried out in such a manner as to preserve access to
other equipment installed.
23.02.00 Protection of Work
23.02.01 For protection of this work, the Contractor shall provide fencing and lighting
arrangement, connect space heaters and provide heating arrangement as
necessary or as directed by the Owner/Consultant.
24.00.00 DRAWINGS, DATA, INFORMATION AND MANUALS
24.01.00 Drawings, data, information and manuals shall be submitted as indicated

below:
24.01.01 To be submitted after award of the Contract by bidder for owners approval.
a) Overall electrical System design basis report. Single line diagram giving
rating of each equipment.
b) Design calculations in support of selection of equipment rating and

system design.
c) Technical Data sheets, characteristic curves.
d) Equipment layouts.
e) Grounding & lightning protection drawings and details with calculations.
f) Cabling, cable trench and tray layouts with section and details with
cable sizing calculations.
g) Dimensional general arrangement drawing along with cross- sections

for equipment.
h) Foundation plan and loading data f o r design calculation and

detail drawing of foundation.
i) DBR for all electrical equipment and system, overall Electrical and
Control operation and synchronization philosophy for approval of the
owner..
j) Design calculation, GA drawing for GI structure and equipment

supporting structure, and subsequently detailed drawings.
k) Mounting details of equipment and structure.
l) Fire fighting and sump arrangement.
m) Control & operation write up/Block logic diagrams.
n) Control schematic and wiring diagram.
o) Cable schedule and interconnection and cable routing.
p) Generator, GT, UT, UAT,ST - control and tripping logic
q) Protection, relay and metering diagram, Relay co-ordination.
r) Erection and maintenance manual.
s) Any other drawings & data as required for satisfactory installation,

operation & maintenance.

ANNEXURE-A
DESIGN DATA
1.0 SERVICE CONDITIONS
Site Elevation : Proposed Finished Ground level (FGL)

+
1.5m above HTL (High tide level)
Ambient Air Temperature : 41 Deg. C (Max. Dry bulb)
16.8 Deg.C (Min. Dry bulb)
Relative Humidity :
Mean Maximum Humidity

(summer) : 75%
Mean minimum Humidity

(summer) : 60%
Maximum Humidity (Monsoon) : 80%
Minimum Humidity (Monsoon) : 65%
Wind Pressure : 14.4 Km/hr
Isoceraunic Level : Ref IS
Seismic Zone : II as per IS:1893 Part-3
Horizontal Acceleration Due

to Earthquake : IS:1893
2.0 AUXILIARY POWER SUPPLY
Supply Description Consumer
H.T. Supply 11000 V, 30/ , 3

3W, 50 Hz Motors above 1500 KW LT
non-effectively earthed Transformers (11KV/433V)
Fault level 44 KA symm.
3300 V, 30/ , 3W, 50 Hz Motors above 160KW upto1500

non-effectively earthed KW & also for LT transformer
(3.3 KV/433V)
L.T. Supply 415V, 30/ , 4W, 50 Hz Motors above 200W

effectively earthed upto 160 KW
CPCPL-Super Critical TPP-Tharangambadi VOL.II‐F1/SEC‐I : 33

DCPL-11Z02
ANNEXURE-A
240V, 10/ , 2W, 50 Hz Motors up to 200W

effectively earthed Lighting, space hea-
ting, A.C. control
& protective devices
D.C. Supply 220V, 2W, unearthed D.C. alarm, control

Fault level 25* KA
* Indicative only; the actual value will be decided by the bidder, after
substantiating the same by calculation.
3.0 RANGE OF VARIATION
A.C. Supply
Voltage :+
_ 10% Frequency :+
_ 5% Combined Volt : 10%
+ frequency (absolute sum)
During starting of large motor, the voltage may drop to 80% of the rated voltage
for a period of 60 seconds. All electrical equipment, while running, shall
successfully ride over such period without affecting system performance.
D.C. Supply
Voltage : 190 to 240 Volt
CPCPL-Super Critical TPP-Tharangambadi VOL.II‐F1/SEC‐I : 34

DCPL-11Z02
ANNEXURE-B
MODULE SELECTION
MOTOR FEEDER
Type Motor Rating Fuse Switch Contactor Cable size

Rating
AU/AR 0 - 5.5 KW 25A 16A 3/c – 2.5 Sq.mm - Cu
BU/BR 5.6 - 11 KW 63A 32A 3/c - 16 Sq.mm - Al
CU 11.1 - 22 KW 63A 63A 3/c - 35 Sq.mm - Al
DU 22.1 - 50 KW 100A 100A 3/c - 95 Sq.mm - Al
EU 50.1 - 75 KW 200A 160A 3/c - 185 Sq.mm - Al
FU 75.1 - 110 KW 400A 300A 2 x 3/c - 185 Sq.mm - Al
NOTE :
1. SFU, thermal overload relay, Contractor are to be coordinated (Type-2) with motor
rating by the Contractor.
2. “U” stands for Undirectional and “R” for Reversible drives.

ANNEXURE-B
MODULE SELECTION
OUTGOING FEEDER
Type Switch Fuse Rating Cable Size
AF 32A 4/c – 16 Sq.mm - Cu
BF 63A 4/c – 35 Sq.mm - Al
CF 100A 3.1/2 – 95 Sq.mm - Al
DF 200A 3.1/2 – 300 Sq.mm - Al
EF 400A 4 x 1/c – 630 Sq.mm - Al
FF 630A 7 x 1/c – 630 Sq.mm - Al

ANNEXURE-C
TECHNICAL PARAMETERS
OF
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
1.00 E.H.V. SYSTEM DATA
400 KV SYSTEM
1 Type of busbar scheme to be adopted Two main bus with one and
half breaker (I-Type)
2 System voltage to be adopted 400 kV
3 Maximum short circuit level 40KA
4 Maximum system voltage 420- kV
5 Minimum system voltage 380 kV
6 Number of outgoing feeder lines Refer Specification.
7 B.I.L. for equipment 1425 kVp
8 Short circuit current duration for which 1 sec.

the substation have to be designed
230 KV SYSTEM
1 Type of busbar scheme to be adopted Two main 1 and 2 bus
2 System voltage to be adopted 230 kV
3 Maximum short circuit level 40KA
4 Maximum system voltage 230- KV
5 Minimum system voltage 210 KV
6 Number of outgoing feeder lines Refer Specification.
7 B.I.L. for equipment 950 KVp
8 Short circuit current duration for which 1 sec.

the substation have to be designed

ANNEXURE-C
2.00 M.V. SYSTEM DATA
1 Voltage System 11 kV&3.3 KV
2 System of earthing to be adopted Resistance grounding

for both unit and station system
3 Limiting Ground Fault current Value 300 Amp.
4 Type of Bus transfer scheme to be Fast bus transfer followed by

followed for change over from one slow bus transfer
source to other.
5 Type of switchgear to be selected Vacuum circuit breaker
6 a) Connection between transformer Busduct

and 11 kV &3.3 KV switchgear
b) Connection between transformer Cable

and 11 kV & 3.3 KV NGR
7 Short circuit current 44KA for 11KV system and

40 KA for 3.3KV system
8 Duration of short circuit current 3 sec.
3.00 L.V. SYSTEM DATA
1 Nominal 3 phase voltage to be 415 V, 3 ph, 4 wire

selected for L.V. system
2 Type of Breaker to be selected Air break
3 Type of outgoing feeder MCCB

switching device in L.T. MCC
4 M.C.C. type Double front
5 PCC. type Single front
6 Short circuit level for 1 sec 50 KA

ANNEXURE-D
CAPITALIZATION OF ELECTRICAL LOSSES
Capitalization of electrical losses per KW for the Power consumption and penalty purpose to
be considered for Chettinad power corporation (2x660MW – Super critical thermal power
plant) as per the details given below:-
Rate of Aux power consumption per KW for evaluation purpose = Rs. 2, 42,056/- Rate of
Loading for levy of penalty for power transformers losses (GT, UT, ST, UAT) after testing
during execution of contract from guaranteed values.
1. Rate of capitalized cost of Load losses per KW = Rs. 1, 81,542/-
2. Rate of capitalized cost of iron losses per KW = Rs. 2, 42,056/-
3. Rate of capitalized cost of Aux. losses per KW = Rs. 96,822/-
The above mentioned rates of power consumption shall be applicable for BTG packages of
Chettinad power corporation (2x660MW – Super critical thermal power plant for the tender
evaluation and for imposing penalty clauses.

VOLUME : IIF/1
SECTION‐II TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATION
FOR
A.C. & D.C. MOTORS

CONTENT


1.00.00 SCOPE VOL.II-F1/SEC-II : 1
2.00.00 STANDARDS VOL.II-F1/SEC-II: 1
3.00.00 SERVICE CONDITIONS VOL.II-F1/SEC-II: 2
4.00.00 TYPE AND RATING VOL.II-F1/SEC-II: 2
5.00.00 PERFORMANCE VOL.II-F1/SEC-II: 3
6.00.00 SPECIFIC REQUIREMENTS VOL.II-F1/SEC-II: 4
7.00.00 ACCESSORIES VOL.II-F1/SEC-II: 7
8.00.00 TESTS VOL.II-F1/SEC-II: 9
9.00.00 DRAWINGS, DATA & MANUALS VOL.II-F1/SEC-II: 10
ATTACHMENT
ANNEXURE-A DESIGN DATA VOL.II-F1/SEC-II : 11


VOLUME : IIF/1
SECTION‐II TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATION
FOR
A.C. & D.C. MOTORS

1.00.00 SCOPE

1.01.00 This section covers the general requirements of the drive motors for power
station auxiliary equipment.
1.02.00 Motors shall be furnished in accordance with both this general specification and
the accompanying driven equipment specification.
1.03.00 In case of any discrepancy, the driven equipment specification shall govern.
2.00.00 Codes and STANDARDS

2.01.00 All motors shall conform to the latest editions including all applicable
amendments of relevant IS, IEC and CBIP Standards/Publications except
when otherwise stated herein or in the driven equipment specification.
2.02.00 Equipment and material conforming to any other standards, which ensure
equal or better quality, may be accepted. In such case, copies of the English
version of the standard adopted shall be submitted along with the bid.
2.03.00 The electrical installation shall meet the requirements of Indian Electricity
Rules as amended upto date and relevant IS Code of Practice. In addition,
other rules and regulations applicable to the work shall be followed.
2.04.00 Major standards, which shall be followed, are listed below other applicable
Indian Standards for any component part even if not covered in the listed
standards shall also be followed :
1) Three phase induction motors : IEC:34, IS:325
2) Crane duty motors : IEC:34, IS: 3177
3) Single phase AC motors : IS:996
3) DC motors/generators : IEC, IS:4722
CPCPL-Super Critical TPP-Tharangambadi VOL.II‐F1/SEC‐II : 1

DCPL-11Z02
4) Degree of protection provided by : IS: 4691
enclosures for rotating electrical
machinery
5) Terminal marking for rotating : IS: 4728

electrical machinery
6) Designation of methods of cooling : IS: 6362

for rotating electrical machinery
7) Designation for types of : IS: 2253

construction and mounting
arrangements for rotating electrical
machinery
8) Classification of maximum surface : IS: 8239

temperatures of electrical
equipment for use in explosive
atmospheres
9) Flame proof enclosure of electrical : IS: 2148

apparatus
10) Rotating Electrical Machines – : IS: 4722

Specification
3.00.00 SERVICE CONDITIONS

3.01.00 The motors will be installed in hot, humid and tropical atmosphere, highly
polluted at places with coal dust and/or fly ash.

the service conditions and auxiliary power supply given in the annexure to this
specification.
3.03.00 For motor installed outdoor and exposed to direct sunrays, the effect of solar
heat shall be considered in the determination of the design ambient
temperature.
4.00.00 TYPE AND RATING

4.01.00 A.C. Motors

4.01.01 Motors shall be general purpose, constant speed, squirrel cage, three/single

DCPL-11Z02
phase, induction type.
4.01.02 All motors shall be rated for continuous duty. They shall also be suitable for
long period of inactivity.
4.01.03 The motor name-plate rating at 50°C shall have at least 10% margin over the
input power requirement of the driven HT equipment at rated duty point unless
stated otherwise in driven equipment specification or in general electrical
specification.
4.01.04 The motor characteristics shall match the requirements of the driven equipment
so that adequate starting, accelerating, pull up, break down and full load
torques are available for the intended service.
4.01.05 All LT motors shall be energy efficient level-1.
4.01.06 The motor name plate rating shall have at least 10% margin over the input
power requirement of the HT driven equipment and 15% for LT driven
equipments at rated duty point.
4.02.00 D.C. Motors

4.02.01 D.C. motor provided for emergency service shall be shunt/compound wound
type.
4.02.02 Motor shall be sized for operation with fixed resistance starter for maximum
reliability.
Starter panel complete with all accessories shall be included in the scope of
supply.
5.00.00 PERFORMANCE

5.01.00 Running Requirements

5.01.01 Motor shall run continuously at rated output over the entire range of voltage and
frequency variations as given in the annexure
5.01.02 The motor shall be capable of operating satisfactorily at full load for 5 minutes
without injurious heating with 75% rated voltage at motor terminals.
5.01.03 The motor shall be designed to withstand momentary overload of 60% of full
load torque for 15 second without any damage.
5.02.00 Starting Requirements

Motor shall be designed for direct online starting at full voltage. Starting current
shall not exceed 6 times full load current for all auxiliaries except boiler feed
pump where the starting current shall be limited to 4.5 times. No further
tolerances are applicable on starting current specified above for HT motors.
5.02.01 The motor shall be capable of withstanding the stresses imposed if started at
110% rated voltage.

DCPL-11Z02
5.02.02 Motor shall start with rated load and accelerate to full speed with 80% rated
voltage at motor terminal except BFP motor. In case of BFP motor, it shall be
75% rated voltage. Minimum starting requirement for mill motor (double cage)
shall be 85% rated voltage at motor terminals.
5.02.03 a) Motor shall be capable of three equally spread starts per hour, two
starts in quick succession from cold condition and one restart from hot
condition.
b) Cranking motor shall be capable of six equally spread starts per hour,
three starts in quick succession from cold condition and one restart
from hot condition. The coal conveyor and crusher motors shall be
suitable for 3 consecutive hot starts with maximum 20 starts per day.
c) Pump motor subject to reverse rotation shall be designed to withstand

the stresses encountered when starting with shaft rotating at 125%
rated speed in reverse direction.
5.02.04 HT pump motors shall be suitable to start with forward rotation.
5.02.05 The motors shall be designed to withstand 120% of rated speed for 2 minutes
without any mechanical damage.
5.03.00 Stress During Bus Transfer

5.03.01 The motor may be subjected to sudden application of 150% rated voltage
during bus transfer, due to the phase difference between the incoming voltage
and motor residual voltage.
5.03.02 The motor shall be designed to withstand any torsional and/or high current
stresses, which may result, without experiencing any deterioration in the normal
life and performance characteristics.
5.04.00 Locked Rotor Withstand Time

5.04.01 The locked rotor withstand time under hot condition at 110% rated voltage shall
be more than motor starting time by at least 2.5 seconds for motors up to 20
seconds starting time and by 5 seconds for motor with more than 20 seconds
starting time and upto 45 secs starting time.
For motors with starting time more than 45 secs. at minimum permissible voltage
during starting, the locked rotor withstand time under hot condition at highest
voltage limit shall be more than starting time by at least 10% of the starting time.
5.04.02 Starting time mentioned above is at minimum permissible voltage of 80% rated
voltage.
5.04.03 Hot thermal withstand curve shall have a margin of at least 10% over the full
load current of the motor to permit relay setting utilising motor rated capacity.
6.00.00 SPECIFIC REQUIREMENTS

6.01.00 Enclosure

DCPL-11Z02
6.01.01 All motor enclosures shall conform to the degree of protection IPW-55 unless
otherwise specified. Motor for outdoor or semi-outdoor service shall be of
weather-proof construction.
6.01.02 For hazardous area approved type of increased safety enclosure shall be
furnished.
6.02.00 Cooling

6.02.01 The motor shall be self ventilated type, either totally enclosed fan cooled
(TEFC) or closed air circuit air- cooled (CACA).
6.02.02 In case water cooling is required for very large motors, prior approval of the
customer is to be obtained before proceeding ahead with design &
manufacture.
6.03.00 Winding and Insulation

6.03.01 All insulated winding shall be of copper.
6.03.02 All motors shall have class F insulation but limited to class B temperature rise.
6.03.03 Windings shall be impregnated to make them non-hygroscopic and oil resistant.
6.04.00 Tropical Protection

6.04.01 All motors shall have fungus protection involving special treatment of insulation
and metal against fungus, insects and corrosion.
6.04.02 All fittings and hardwares shall be corrosion resistant.
6.05.00 Bearings

6.05.01 Motor shall be provided with antifriction bearings, unless sleeve bearings are
required by the motor application.
6.05.02 Vertical shaft motors shall be provided with thrust and guide bearings. Thrust
bearing of tilting pad type is preferred.
6.05.03 Bearings shall be provided with seals to prevent leakage of lubricant or

entrance of foreign matters like dirt, water etc. into the bearing area.
6.05.04 Sleeve bearings shall be split type, ring oiled, with permanently aligned, close
running shaft sleeves.
6.05.05 Grease lubricated bearings shall be prelubricated and shall have provisions for
in-service positive lubrication with drains to guard against over lubrication.
6.05.06 Oiled bearing shall have an integral self cooled oil reservoir with oil ring
inspection ports, oil sight glass with oil level marked for standstill and running
conditions and oil fill and drain plugs.
6.05.07 Forced lubricated or water cooled bearing shall not be used without prior
approval of Owner.
DCPL-11Z02
6.05.08 Lubricant shall not deteriorate under all service conditions. The lubricant shall
be limited to normally available types with IOC equivalent.
6.05.09 Bearings shall be insulated as required to prevent shaft current and resultant
bearing damage.
6.06.00 Noise & Vibration

6.06.01 The noise level shall be as per statutory acceptance.
6.06.02 The peak amplitude of the vibration shall be within IS specified limits.
6.06.03 The motors rated above 135KW shall be provided with continuous vibration
monitoring and protection.
6.07.00 Motor Terminal Box

6.07.01 Motor terminal box shall be phase segregated (PSTB) type and located in
accordance with Indian Standards clearing the motor base- plate/ foundation
6.07.02 Terminal box shall be capable of being turned 360 Deg. in steps of 180 Deg. for
HT motors and 90 Deg. for LT motors unless otherwise approved.
6.07.03 The terminal box shall be split type with removable cover with access to
connections and shall have the same degree of protection as motor.
6.07.04 The terminal box shall have sufficient space inside for termination/connection of
XLPE insulated armoured aluminium cables.
6.07.05 Terminals shall be stud or lead wire type, substantially constructed and
thoroughly insulated from the frame.
6.07.06 The terminals shall be clearly identified by phase markings, with corresponding
direction of rotation marked on the non-driving end of the motor.
6.07.07 The terminal box shall be capable of withstanding maximum system fault
current for a duration of 0.25 sec.
6.07.08 For 11000V and 3300V motor, the terminal box shall be phase-segregated
type. The neutral leads shall be brought out in a separate terminal box (not
necessarily phase segregated type) with shorting links for star connection.
6.07.09 Motor terminal box shall be furnished with suitable cable lugs and double
compression brass glands to match with cable used.
6.07.10 The gland plate for single core cable shall be non-magnetic type.
6.08.00 Grounding

6.08.01 The frame of each motor shall be provided with two separate and distinct
grounding pads complete with tapped hole, GI bolts and washer.
6.08.02 The grounding connection shall be suitable for accommodation of ground

conductors as follows :
DCPL-11Z02
Motor above 90 KW : 75 x 10 mm GS Flat
Motor above 30 KW up to 90 KW : 50 x 6 mm GS Flat
Motor above 5 KW up to 30 KW : 25 x 3 mm GS Flat
Motor up to 5 KW : 8 SWG GI Wire
6.08.03 The cable terminal box shall have a separate grounding pad.
6.09.00 Rating Plate

In addition to the minimum information required by IS, the following information
shall be shown on motor rating plate :
a) Temperature rise in Deg.C under rated condition and method of

measurement.
b) Degree of protection.
c) Bearing identification no. and recommended lubricant.
d) Location of insulated bearings.
7.00.00 ACCESSORIES

7.01.00 General

Accessories shall be furnished, as listed below, or if otherwise required by
driven equipment specification or application.
7.02.00 Space Heater

7.02.01 Motor of rating 30 KW and above shall be provided with space heaters, suitably
located for easy removal or replacement.
7.02.02 The space heater shall be rated 240 V, 1 phase 50 Hz and sized to maintain
the motor internal temperature above dew point when the motor is idle.
7.03.00 Temperature Detectors

7.03.01 All 11000V and 3300V motors shall be provided with twelve (12) nos. simplex
type winding temperature detectors, four (4) nos. per phase.
7.03.02 11000V and 3300V motor bearing shall be provided with duplex type
temperature detectors.
7.03.03 The temperature detector mentioned above shall be resistance type, 3 wire,
platinum wound, 100 Ohms at 0°C.
7.03.04 Leads of all simplex type motor winding RTDS and motor bearing RTDS shall

DCPL-11Z02
be wired up to respective switchgear metering & protection compartment. From
which one set of RTDS will be connected to numerical protection relay and
another set shall be kept free for DCS connectivity.
7.03.05 Five numbers of Temperature detectors / thermisters shall be provided for

L.T. motors above 90 KW (3 nos. winding temperatures & 2 nos. bearing
temperatures)
7.04.00 Indicator/Switch

7.04.01 Dial type local indicator with alarm contacts shall be provided for the following :
a) 11000 V and 3300V motor bearing temperature.
b) Hot and cold air temperature of the closed air circuit for CACA and
CACW motor.
7.04.02 Flow switches shall be provided for monitoring cooling water flow of CACW
motor and oil flow of forced lubrication bearing, if used.
7.04.03 Alarm switch contact rating shall be minimum 0.5 A at 220V D.C. and 2A at
240V A.C.
7.05.00 Current Transformer for Differential Protection

7.05.01 Motor 1000 KW and above shall be provided with three differential current
transformers mounted over the neutral leads within the enclosure. Loose 3
nos. CT for mounting on switchgear side shall be in bidder’s scope.
7.05.02 The arrangement shall be such as to permit easy access for C.T. testing and
replacement. Current transformer characteristics shall match Owner's
requirements to be intimated later.
7.06.00 Accessory Terminal Box

7.06.01 All accessory equipment such as space heater, temperature detector, current
transformers etc., shall be wired to and terminated in terminal boxes, separate
from and independent of motor (power) terminal box.
7.06.02 Accessory terminal box shall be complete with double compression brass
glands and pressure type terminals to suit cable connections.
7.07.00 Drain Plug

Motor shall have drain plugs so located that they will drain the water, resulting
from the condensation or other causes from all pockets of the motor casing.
7.08.00 Lifting Provisions

Motor weighing 25 Kg. or more shall be provided with eyebolt or other adequate
provision of lifting.
Electrical hoists shall be provided for motors above 100kgs for maintenance
work.

DCPL-11Z02
7.09.00 Dowel Pins

The motor shall be designed to permit easy access for drilling holes through
motor feet or mounting flange for installation of dowel pins after assembling the
motor and driven equipment.
7.10.00 Painting

Motor including fan shall be painted with corrosion proof paints of colour
shade (RAL-7032).
8.00.00 TESTS

Routine and Type Tests are to be conducted in presence of customer’s
representative as per IS:325 and required copies of test certificates are to be
furnished for approval. In addition, the following tests shall have to be carried
out on the motors in presence of owner representative on 3.3kV/11kV motors.
a. Impulse test by 1.2 / 50 micro sec. On sample coil of Stator winding

insulation as type test as per IEC-671 July, 1985 test voltages as
under :
Voltage rating of motor Impulse Test Voltage
3.3 kV 18 kV peak
11 kV 49 kV peak
b. Tan delta, charging current and dielectric loss measurements on each
phase of motor stator winding as routine test.
c. Polarization Index Test as per IS:7816 as routine test
d. Test for suitability of IPW– 55(Weather proof) as per IS 4691 as type

test. Type test certificate for first numeral shall be acceptable in lieu to
test, provided the test motor is identical to motor being supplied.
e. Fault Withstand Test for main terminal box as type test. Type test
certificate shall be acceptable, if the test has been conducted on
exactly identical terminal box.
f. Test for noise level as routine test.
g. Test for vibration as routine test.
h. Tan delta measurement on coils.
i. Surge withstand test for inter turn insulation.
j. Test to diagnose rotor bar failure during manufacture.
Tests indicated at (h), (i), (j) shall be carried out during manufacture of the

DCPL-11Z02
coils and shall be furnished for verification.
9.00.00 DRAWINGS, DATA & MANUALS

Drawings, data & manuals for the motors shall be submitted as indicated below:
9.01.00 Along with the bid

a) List of the motors
b) Individual motor data sheet as per format of the proposal data sheets.
c) Scheme & write up on forced lubrication system, if any
d) Type test report
9.02.00 After Award of the Contract

a) Dimensional General Arrangement drawing
b) Foundation Plan & Loading
c) Cable end box details
d) Space requirement for rotor removal
e) Thermal withstand curves hot & cold
f) Starting and speed torque characteristics at 80% & 100% voltage
g) Complete motor data
h) Erection & Maintenance Manual
i) Test reports
j) Data sheets to be enclosed

DCPL-11Z02
ANNEXURE-A
DESIGN DATA

1.0 AUXILIARY POWER SUPPLY

Supply Description Consumer

H.T. Supply 11000 V, 3Ø, 3W, 50 Hz, Motors
non-effectively earthed above 1500 KW
3300 V, 3Ø, 3W, 50 Hz, Motors above 160 KW

non-effectively earthed upto and including
1500KW
L.T. Supply 415V, 3Ø, 3W, 50 Hz Motors upto and

effectively earthed including160KW
240V, 1Ø, 2W, 50 Hz

effectively earthed Lighting, space hea-
ting, A.C. control
D.C. Supply 220V, 2W, unearthed D.C. alarm, control

Fault level 25* KA.
* Indicative only, the actual value will be decided by the Bidder, after substantiating the
same by calculation.
2.0 RANGE OF VARIATION
A.C. Supply :
Voltage : ± 10% Frequency : ± 5% Combined Volt : 10% (absolute sum)

+ frequency
During starting of large motor, the voltage may drop to 80% of the rated voltage for a
period of 60 seconds. All electrical equipment while running shall successfully ride over
such period without affecting system performance.
D.C. Supply :

Voltage : 187 to 242 Volt

DCPL-11Z02
VOLUME : IIF/1
SECTION‐III TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATION
FOR
ELECTRIC MOTOR ACTUATORS

CONTENT

1.00.00 SCOPE VOL.II-F1/SEC-III : 1
2.00.00 STANDARDS VOL.II-F1/SEC-III : 1
3.00.00 SERVICE CONDITIONS VOL.II-F1/SEC-III : 1
4.00.00 RATING VOL.II-F1/SEC-III : 2
5.00.00 PERFORMANCE VOL.II-F1/SEC-III : 2
6.00.00 SPECIFIC REQUIREMENT VOL.II-F1/SEC-III : 2
7.00.00 TEST VOL.II-F1/SEC-III : 4
8.00.00 DRAWINGS, DATA & MANUALS VOL.II-F1/SEC-III : 4



VOLUME : IIF/1
SECTION‐III
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION
FOR
ELECTRIC MOTOR ACTUATORS

1.00.00 SCOPE
1.01.00 This Section covers the general requirements of Electric Motor Actuators for
valves, dampers and gates.
1.02.00 All electric motor actuators shall be furnished in accordance with this general
specification and the accompanying driven equipment specification.
2.00.00 STANDARDS
2.01.00 All electrical equipment shall conform to the latest editions including all
applicable amendments of IS, ANSI and NEMA Standards, except when stated
otherwise herein or in driven equipment specification.
2.02.00 Major standards, which shall be followed, are listed below. Other applicable
Indian Standards for any component part even if not covered in the listed
standards shall also be followed
i) IS-9334
ii) IS-325
3.00.00 SERVICE CONDITIONS
3.01.00 The actuator shall be suitable for operation in hot, humid and tropical
atmosphere, highly polluted at places with coal dust and/or fly ash.

the service conditions and auxiliary power supply given in the general
CPCPL-Super Critical TPP-Tharangambadi VOL.II‐F1/SEC‐III : 1
DCPL-11Z02
specification.
4.00.00 RATING
4.01.00 For isolating service, the actuator shall be rated for three successive open-close
operation of the valve/damper or 15 minutes, whichever is longer.
4.02.00 For regulating service, the actuator shall be suitably time-rated for the duty
cycle involved with necessary number of starts per hour, but in no case less
than 150 starts per hour.
5.00.00 PERFORMANCE
The actuator shall meet the following performance requirements:
5.01.00 Open and close the valve completely and make leak-tight valve closure without
jamming.
5.02.00 Attain full speed operation before valve load is encountered and impart an
unseating blow to start the valve in motion (hammer blow effect).
5.03.00 Operate the valve stem at standard stem speed and shall function against
design differential pressure across the valve seat.
5.04.00 The motor reduction gearing shall be sufficient to lock the shaft when the motor
is de-energised and prevent drift from torque switch spring pressure.
5.05.00 The entire mechanism shall withstand shock resulting from closing with
improper setting of limit switches or from lodging of foreign matter under the
valve seat.
6.00.00 SPECIFIC REQUIREMENT
6.01.00 Construction
6.01.01 The actuator shall essentially comprise the drive motor, torque/ limit switches,
gear train, clutch, hand wheel, position indicator/ transmitter, in-built thermostat
for over load protection, space heater and internal wiring. Actuator shall be
integral type. Integral starter shall have facility to hookup with Plant DCS for
position limit and torque switches.
6.01.02 The actuator enclosure shall be totally enclosed, dust tight, weather-proof
suitable for outdoor use without necessity of any canopy.
6.01.03 All electrical equipment, accessories and wiring shall be provided with tropical
finish to prevent fungus growth.
6.01.04 The actuator shall be designed for mounting in any position without any
lubricant leakage or operating difficulty.
6.02.00 Motor

DCPL-11Z02
6.02.01 The drive motor shall be three phase, squirrel cage, induction machine with
minimum class F insulation and IP-68 enclosure, designed for high torque and
reversing service.
6.02.02 The motor shall be designed for full voltage direct on-line start, with starting
current limited to 6 times full-load current.
6.02.03 The motor shall be capable of starting at 85 percent of rated voltage and
running at 80 percent of rated voltage at rated torque and 85 percent rated
voltage at 33 percent excess rated torque for a period of 5 minutes each.
6.02.04 Earthing terminals shall be provided on either side of the motor.
6.03.00 Limit Switches
Each actuator shall be provided with following limit switches: -
6.03.01 2 torque limit switches, one for each direction of travel, self-locking, adjustable
torque type.
6.03.02 4 end-of-travel limit switches, two for each direction of travel.
6.03.03 2 position limit switches, one for each direction of travel, each adjustable at any
position from fully open to fully closed positions of the valve/damper.
6.03.04 Each limit switch shall have 2 NO + 2 NC potential free contacts. Contact rating
shall be 5A at 240V A.C. or 0.5A at 220V D.C.
6.04.00 Hand Wheel
Each actuator shall be provided with a hand wheel for emergency manual
operation. The hand wheel shall declutch automatically when the motor is
energized.
6.05.00 Position Indicator/Transmitter
The actuator shall have:
6.05.01 One (1) built-in local position indicator for 0-100% travel.
6.05.02 One (1) position transmitter, non contact type, for remote indicator.
6.06.00 Space Heater
A space heater shall be included in the limit switch compartment suitable for
240V, 1 phase, 50 Hz supply.
6.07.00 Wiring
All electrical devices shall be wired up to and terminated in a terminal box. The
internal wiring shall be of sufficient size for the power rating involved but in no

DCPL-11Z02
case less than 1.5 Sq.mm copper. All wiring shall be identified at both ends with
ferrules.
6.08.00 Terminal Box
The terminal box shall be weather proof, with removable front cover and cable
glands for cable connection. The terminal shall be suitable for connection of 2.5
Sq.mm copper conductor.
7.00.00 TEST
The actuator and all components thereof shall be subject to tests as per
relevant Standards. In addition, if any special test is called for in equipment
specification, the same shall be performed.
Following routine test shall be conducted as per IEC/IC standard. (a) Meggar
Test,(b) Continuity test, (c) Operational test. Test certificates duly signed by
inspecting agency shall be furnished.
The actuator shall be type tested as per IEC/National Standard, by

International /national recognised test house. The test certificates issued by this
house shall be furnished.
8.01.01 To be Submitted with Bid
Data sheet for each type of actuator shall be furnished along with internal wiring
diagram, suggested control schematic and torque limit switch contact
development and manufacturer's catalogues.
8.01.02 To be Submitted after Award of Contract
a) Actuator Data Sheet
b) Internal wiring diagram and suggested control schematic
c) Torque switch and limit switch contact development
d) Manufacturer's Catalogue
e) Instruction manual indicating clearly the installation methods, check ups

and tests to be carried out before commissioning of the equipment.
8.02.00 The Bidder may note that the drawings, data and manuals listed herein are
minimum requirements only. The Bidder shall ensure that all other necessary
write-ups, curves and information required to fully describe the equipment are
submitted with his bid.

DCPL-11Z02
VOLUME : IIF/1
SECTION-IV
FOR GENERATOR BUS DUCT
CONTENT
1.00.00 SCOPE OF WORK V.II-F1/S-IV : 1
2.00.00 GENERAL REQUIREMENT V.II-F1/S-IV : 3
3.00.00 DESIGN CRITERIA V.II-F1/S-IV : 4
4.00.00 SPECIFIC REQUIREMENTS V.II-F1/S-IV : 4
5.00.00 TESTS V.II-F1/S-IV : 13
6.00.00 DRAWINGS DATA & MANUALS V.II-F1/S-IV : 14
ATTACHMENT
ANNEXURE-A RATINGS AND REQUIREMENTS V.II-F1/S-IV : 16


VOLUME : IIF/1
SECTION-IV
FOR GENERATOR BUS
DUCT
1.00.00 SCOPE OF WORK
1.01.00 Scope of Supply
Generator busduct & associated equipment with accessories: Two (2) sets
Each set shall consist of :
1.01.01 Main Run
a) One (1) set of isolated three-phase busduct from generator phase

terminals/phase segregated terminal adaptor box to the generator
transformer terminals with current transformers.
b) One (1) set of phase segregated neutral terminal adopter box with
current transformers and neutral make-up connections.
1.01.02 Unit Transformer Tap-offs
One (1) set of isolated three-phase busduct with current transformers from main
run to the unit transformers.
1.01.03 Delta run (for 3 x 1Ph generator transformer)
One (1) set of isolated three-phase busduct from delta connection points to the
terminals of single-phase generator transformers
1.01.04 V.T. & S.P. Tap-off
One (1) set of isolated three-phase busduct from main run to voltage
transformer and surge protection (V.T. & S.P.) cubicles.
1.01.05 Neutral Grounding Tap-off
One (1) set of single phase busduct from generator neutral make-up connection
to the neutral grounding (N.G.) cubicle.

VOL.II‐F1/SEC‐IV : 1 DCPL-11Z02
1.01.06 V.T. & S.P. cubicles
One (1) set of voltage transformer and surge protection cubicles containing
voltage transformers for metering, relaying, automatic voltage regulator (AVR)
system, electro hydraulic governing (EHG) system; lightning arrestors and
surge capacitors.
1.01.07 N.G. cubicle
One (1) generator neutral grounding cubicle containing disconnect link, neutral
grounding transformer, loading resistors and current transformer.
The vendor shall submit calculation of NGT & NGR to the application of 100%
stator earth fault relay type for min short time duration of 5mins
1..01.08 Line and neutral CTS as per final approved SLD
1.01.08 All supporting steel structures, fasteners hangers and necessary hardware for
complete busduct installation.
1.01.09 One (1) set of busbar shorting pieces for heat run/short circuit tests (common
for units of identical ratings.
1.01.10 One (1) set of hot air blowing equipment.
1.01.11 Silica Gel breathers for Bus Ducts.
1.01.12 One (1) set of pressurization unit complete with all piping and accessories
1.01.13 Inspection cover with gaskets for maintenance.
1.01.14 Drain plugs at suitable location.
1.01.15 Flexible bellow and terminations, disconnecting links, wall frame assemblies,
seal off bushing and matching flanges.
1.01.16 Neoprene bellows at termination end to prevent transfer of vibration from GT

other area of busduct.
1.01.17 Space heater at both indoor and outdoor section.
1.01.18 IPBD should be designed without the requirement of Canopy in the outdoor area.
1.01.19 One (1) set of special tools and tackles.
1.01.20 Mandatory Spare parts.
1.01.21 Recommended spare parts for three(3) years of operation
1.01.22 All relevant drawings, data and instruction manuals.

2.00.00 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
2.01.00 Codes and Standards
2.01.01 All equipment and materials shall be designed, manufactured and tested in
accordance with the latest e d i t i o n s i n c l u d i n g a l l applicable
amendments of relevant Indian Standards (IS) and IEC except where
modified and/or supplemented by this specification.
2.01.02 Equipment and material conforming to any other standard, which ensures
IS:226 Structural Steel (Standard Quality)
IS:1367 Hot dip galvanized coatings on fasteners.
IS:2099 Bushings for alternating voltage above 1000V.
IS:13947 Pt.1 Low voltage switchgear and Control gear.
IS:2544 Porcelain post insulator for voltages above 1000V.
IS:2633 Methods of testing uniformity of coating on zinc coated

articles.
IS:2705 Current transformers
IS:4759 Hot dip zinc coating on structural steel and allied products
IS:5082 Wrought aluminum and aluminum alloy for electrical

purposes.
IS:8084 Interconnecting bus bars for AC voltages above 1 KV upto

and including36 KV.
IS:9431 Specification for indoor post insulators of organic material

for systems with nominal voltages greater than 1000 volts
upto and including 300 KV.
C37.20a, Switchgear assemblies including metal enclosed bus

C37,20b,
ANSIC37.20
C37.20c,(IEEE-
27)
ANSI C37.24 Effect of solar Radiation on Outdoor metal Enclosed

switchgear
ANSI,C 37.23 - -Calculating losses in isolated Phase Bus.

(IEEE-298)
BS:3816 Cast Epoxide resin insulating material for electrical

application at power frequency
3.00.00 DESIGN CRITERIA
3.01.00 The busduct will serve as interconnection between the generator,

Generator Circuit Breaker, generator transformers, unit transformers and
associated auxiliary equipment.
3.02.00 The busduct will be installed partially indoor and partially outdoor in a hot,
humid and tropical atmosphere. The design of busduct shall take care of solar
effect. All cubicles, however, will be installed indoor.
3.03.00 Busduct, associated equipment and wiring shall be provided with tropical finish
to prevent fungus growth. All ventilation openings shall be screened and drains
shall be filtered to prevent entrance of dust and insects.
3.04.00 The portion of busduct at the generator end will be subject to vibration normally
prevalent for this type of installation in a power generating set. Suitable means
shall be provided to isolate the generator vibration from rest of the bus
structure.
3.05.00 For continuous operation at specified ratings, temperature rise of the busduct
and auxiliary equipment shall be limited to the site permissible values stipulated
in relevant standards and/or this specification.
3.06.00 Busduct and auxiliary equipment shall be capable of withstanding the

mechanical forces and thermal stresses of the short-circuit currents listed in the
annexure without any damage or deterioration of material.
4.01.00 General
4.01.01 The busduct shall be isolated phase, continuous (bonded enclosure) natural air
cooled type with positive pressure (+100mm water column) to prevent entry of
dust and moisture.
4.01.02 The layout of the busduct shall be generally in accordance with enclosed
drawing. The details shown however are only typical. Bidder may propose
changes to suit his particular design.

4.01.03 All parts and accessories shall have appropriate match mark and part numbers
for easy identification and installation at site.
4.01.04 Design of the busduct and its supporting structure shall be such that it will
permit transformer removal after opening of the termination but without
dismantling busduct run or supporting structure.
4.02.00 Enclosures
4.02.01 Each phase shall be enclosed in a weather-proof, dust-tight, non-magnetic

metal (aluminum alloy) enclosure.
The enclosure is to be designed for welded connection where possible.
4.02.02 The enclosure shall be minimum flux type to permit not more than five (5) per
cent of total conductor flux outside enclosure.
4.02.03 The enclosure cross-section, connecting members between enclosure section,

flexible and rigid joints and shorting links between phase enclosures shall be
adequate to allow the flow of longitudinal current required for the rated
continuous currents of the bus without overheating.
4.02.04 The enclosure shall be insulated at the connections to the generator,

transformers and other equipment so that the longitudinal current will not flow
through or be transmitted to any connecting equipment.
The insulation shall be non-deteriorating and shall be clearly indicated on the

contractor's drawings.
4.02.05 The bus enclosure shall have extended bellows or equivalent means to allow
for temperature changes and vibrations. Flexible joints shall be provided in
enclosures at all points where the busduct terminates at equipment to withstand
vibration, expansion/ contraction and at suitable intervals in any straight run of
the busduct where expansion and contraction would otherwise result in
stresses in the supporting structures.
4.02.06 Inspection opening/split covers shall be provided to allow easy access for
installation, inspection, replacement or repairs of the insulators, disconnects,
bus connections and terminations.
The inspection/split covers shall have reliable sealing arrangements with
neoprene/rubber gaskets in grooves.
4.02.07 Wall-frame with support plates shall be provided where the busduct penetrates
the building wall. For non-pressurised busduct, the wall frame shall be complete
with seal of bushings to prevent exchange of air between indoor and outdoor
portions of the busduct.
4.02.08 Silica-gel breather shall be provided on both indoor and outdoor portions of the
busduct. (shall not be required for pressurized busduct)
4.02.09 Filtered drains for drainage of condensate shall be provided at the lowest points
and at such locations where accumulation of condensate can be expected. .
(shall not be required for pressurized busduct)

4.02.10 The enclosures of all three phases shall be rigidly supported by cross members
to maintain parallel alignment.
4.02.11 Shipping length of the busduct shall be as long as practicable within transport
limitation to reduce field assembly work.
4.03.00 Bus Conductor
4.03.01 The bus conductor shall be of high conductivity, aluminium alloy, supported on
wet process porcelain insulators.
4.03.02 The bus conductor shall be designed for welded connections except at
equipment terminations and bolted disconnect links.
4.03.03 Flexible connections shall be provided between bus sections to allow expansion
and contraction of the conductor. Flexible connection shall also be provided at
all equipment terminations.
4.03.04 All contact surfaces shall be silver plated to ensure an efficient and trouble-free
connection. All connection hardware shall be non-magnetic and shall have high
corrosion resistance.
4.03.05 The bus conductor shall be sufficiently corona-free at rated voltage to eliminate
the possibility of igniting the potential accumulation of hydrogen gas.
4.04.00 Disconnect Link
4.04.01 Removable bolted disconnect link shall be provided in the bus for isolation of
the transformers and auxiliary equipment.
4.04.02 Disconnect link shall consist of a removable section of conductor and shall be
so constructed as to permit easy removal or reinsertion without alignment
difficulties.
4.04.03 The bus on both sides of the link shall be rigidly supported so that the
disconnect link is equal in mechanical strength to any other section of the bus.
A minimum clearance of 300 mm. (12") shall be provided between the
disconnected bus sections with the link removed.
4.05.00 Insulators
4.05.01 Bus support insulators shall be interchangeable, high strength, wet process,
fine glazed porcelain and shall be suitable for heavily polluted atmosphere.
4.05.02 Insulator shall be mounted in such a way so as to permit easy removal or

replacement without disassembly of the bus.
4.05.03 The conductor shall be fastened on the insulator through fixed and slip joints so
as to allow conductor expansion or contraction without straining the insulator.
4.05.04 All ferrous metal part of the insulator shall be hot-dipped galvanized.
4.05.05 Additional insulators shall be provided at bends, tap-off etc.

4.06.00 Connections & Terminations
4.06.01 All matching flanges/ adopter boxes, seal-off bushings, gaskets, fittings, hard-
ware and supports required for termination of the busduct at the generator,
transformers and other equipment shall be furnished.
4.06.02 The contractor is required to co-ordinate through the Engineer with the
suppliers of the generator, generator circuit breaker, generator transformer,
unit transformers and different auxiliary equipment panels with regard
to connection details, mechanical and thermal stresses.
4.06.03 Flexible connections both for conductor and enclosure shall be furnished:
a) At all equipment termination to provide for misalignment upto 25 mm.

(1") in all directions.
b) Between busduct supported from building steel and that supported by

turbine foundation to prevent transmission of vibration.
4.06.04 The equipment terminal connections shall be readily accessible and shall
provide sufficient air gap for safe isolation of equipment during testing.
4.06.05 If the material of bus conductor and that of the equipment terminal connectors
are different then suitable bi-metallic connectors shall be furnished.
4.06.06 Isolation barrier or seal off bushings shall be provided at the generator end of
the busduct to prevent migration of hydrogen into the busduct.
The space above the barrier at the generator side shall be ventilated through
filtered opening in the enclosure wall.
4.07.00 Shorting Link
4.07.01 Pre-fabricated shorting links rated same as the continuous amperage of

busduct main run shall be furnished complete with all hardware for connections
4.07.02 The links shall be suitable for shorting bus conductors/enclosures of three (3)
phases after generator phase current transformers in a prefixed location as
shown on drawing.
4.07.03 The links shall be so designed with flexible connections that the bus insulators
will not be unduly stressed due to expansion/ contraction during dry out or short
circuit tests.
4.08.00 Grounding
4.08.01 The electrically continuous bus enclosure shall be used as the ground bus. All
parts of the bus enclosure, supporting structures and equipment frames shall
be grounded.
4.08.02 Ground pad shall be bolted type to accommodate 75x10mm. galvanized steel
flats at following locations :

a) Generator end of the bus.
b) Generator transformer end of the bus.
c) Unit transformer end of the bus.
d) Voltage transformer and surge protection cubicles.
e) Neutral grounding cubicle.
f) Excitation transformer cubicle (if applicable).
4.09.00 Supporting Structures
4.09.01 All supporting structures required for hanging and/or supporting the complete
busduct shall be furnished. These include all members, indoor/outdoor posts,
bolts, shims, base plates, beams, hangers, brackets, bracings and hardware.
4.09.02 All buses shall be adequately supported and braced to successfully withstand
normal operation, vibration, thermal expansion, short circuit forces and all
specified design loads.
4.09.03 Support shall be designed to provide tolerance of 12 mm. (1/2")..
4.09.04 The indoor support shall be in general of hanger supports while outdoor shall
be generally supported from the ground.
4.09.05 All steel members shall be hot-dip galvanized after fabrication. All hardware
shall be of high strength steel with weather resistant finish.
4.09.06 Concrete foundation, building steel, concrete, and inserts/plates will be provided
by Owner/Purchaser.
The Contractor shall co-ordinate with the Owner/Purchaser for this purpose
giving well in advance the details of his requirements so as to enable the
Owner/Purchaser to arrange for the same in time.
4.10.00 Hot Air Blowing Equipment
4.10.01 To avoid condensation of moisture inside busduct during shut-down of the

generator, suitable facility for blowing hot air inside the bus enclosure shall be
provided.
4.10.02 Hot air blowing system shall be of open loop type, capable of blowing hot air
simultaneously in the indoor and outdoor portions of the busduct. The system
shall be permanent arrangement for each unit.
4.10.03 The system shall be furnished complete with motor-blower unit, combination
starter, washable filters, piping, valves, heaters, thermostats, controls,
instrumentation and monitoring.
4.10.04 A control cabinet shall be furnished with mounted and wired control &
monitoring devices, indicating lights etc. Auxiliary contacts shall be provided for

remote ON/OFF indication of hot air blowing operation.
4.10.05 Ambient air will be drawn in through inlet damper and dry air filter and forced
through thermostat controlled heaters. Hot air will be distributed by a set of
properly sized ducts and dampers to the indoor and outdoor portion of the
busduct. Hot air will be let out from busduct through suitably directed outlet
provided at each equipment termination.
4.10.06 The system will be put in operation only before start-up and shall be sized to
complete the drying operation in about one to one and half hour.( Minimum
rating of the Blower : 1250 m3 / hour , 120 mm WC and Heating Capacity: 9675
K.Cal / Hour) Once the drying up is complete, the system will be shut down.
The dampers and hot air outlets are to be kept closed when the system is not in
operation.
4.10.07 Means shall be provided so as to prevent circulation of longitudinal current

through hot air system piping.
4.11.00 Current Transformer
4.11.01 The current transformers shall be cast-resin, ring type, mounted within the
busduct enclosures and suitable for operation at an ambient temperature equal
to rated busbar temperature.
4.11.02 The bus design shall permit removal or replacement of C.T.s without
dismantling the bus run or supports.
4.11.03 The C.T.s shall have polarity markings indelibly marked on them.
C.T. secondary leads will be brought out to separate terminal box mounted on
or adjacent to C.T. enclosure. From phase terminal boxes, C.T. secondary
leads shall be brought out through non- magnetic metallic conduits to a master
terminal box for Owner/Purchaser’s cable connections.
4.11.04 The terminal boxes shall be dust-tight, weather-proof, fabricated from aluminum
alloy and complete with screwed cover for access to terminals and removable
gland plate for Owner/Purchaser’s cable connections.
4.11.05 The CT quantity, ratings and other CT parameters indicated in the Protection Key
SLD is tentative and it will be supplied as per approved SLD during detail
engineering.
4.12.00 Voltage Transformer and Surge Protection Cubicles
4.12.01 The V.T. & S.P. cubicles, one for each phase, shall be metal-clad, dust and
vermin proof, free standing dead front assemblies.
4.12.02 Each phase cubicle shall house three (3) voltage transformers, one (1) lightning
arrestor and one (1) surge capacitor, in separate compartments. Seal-off
bushings shall be used between the bus tap and cubicle and between
compartments.
4.12.03 Lightning arrestor shall be station class, hermetically sealed type, connected
between line and ground, specifically suitable for generator protection.
The characteristic of the lightning arrestor shall be carefully chosen to provide a
low protective ratio for generator BIL.
4.12.04 A discharge counter shall be provided for each lightning arrestor. The
discharge counter register shall be visible without having to open the
compartment door.
4.12.05 The surge capacitor shall be non-inflammable and non-toxic type, single pole,
connected between line to ground.
4.12.06 The voltage transformer shall be cast-resin type, suitable for nominal operation
connected from line to ground, and for 1.73 times rated line to ground voltage
under sustained emergency condition.
4.12.07 The voltage transformer shall be mounted on drawout type carriage. Suitable
guide slots and stops shall be provided to ensure easy withdrawal and
positioning.
4.12.08 In the disconnected position, the voltage transformer primary and secondary
circuits shall be automatically disconnected and the primary fuse shall be visibly
grounded. The draw out frame shall be grounded at all times.
4.12.09 The high voltage winding of the voltage transformer shall be protected by
current limiting fuse mounted on top of the primary bushing. The fuse will be
accessible only in fully drawn out position.
4.12.10 The secondary leads from the voltage transformer shall be extended to a fuse
and terminal cabinet flush mounted on the compartment.
From phase cabinets the V.T. secondary leads shall be brought to a

marshalling box having sufficient number of terminals to accommodate all V.T.
leads, facility for making star points and removable plates with knockouts for
Owner/Purchaser’s cable connections.
4.13.00 Neutral Grounding Cubicle
4.13.01 The transformer and resistor shall be located in separate cubicles adjacent to
each other. The cubicles shall have hinged access doors capable of being pad
locked.
4.13.02 The transformer cubicle and resistor cubicle shall be of sheet steel construction.
The resistor cubicle shall hot-dip galvanized screen sides.
The neutral grounding equipment shall be completely assembled, wired and

connected to the neutral bus tap through seal-off bushing.
4.13.03 The neutral grounding transformer shall be dry type, natural air cooled, single
phase connected between generator neutral and ground.
4.13.04 The neutral current transformer shall be cast-resin, ring type, suitably mounted
to permit easy removal or replacement.
4.13.05 The loading resistor shall be formed of non-aging, corrosion resistant steel,

provided with necessary insulations and designed for indoor service.
4.13.06 All alarm, protection and indication leads shall be wired up to terminal blocks
that shall be mounted in a dust tight enclosure suitable for flush mounting and
having a fully hinged cover with lock.
4.14.00 Air pressurization unit
4.14.01 Each busduct shall be provided with air pressurization system consisting of
two (2) 100% capacity oil free type air compressors with motors, necessary
filters, valves, driers, piping, solenoid valves, transmitters, drains, pressure
switch and gauges, fittings and necessary controls to ensure a continuous
supply of clean and dry pressurized air to the busduct enclosure maintaining a
positive air pressure (100 mm water column) inside the enclosures to prevent
any ingress of moisture from atmospheric air.
4.14.02 A tee-off connection with non-return valve and isolating valve, pressure reducer
etc shall be provided for a stand-by connection to station compressed air supply
header. The pressure range of the station compressed air system will be
intimated to the contractor.
4.14.03 The allowable air leakage shall be less than 5% of the total enclosure volume
per hour. The contractor shall demonstrate this guaranteed figure during factory
test as well as during site acceptance test.
4.14.04 In order to avoid any excess over pressure due to any abnormality the unit shall
be equipped with safety valves calibrated to open the circuit at about 2-3 times
the design pressure. All materials shall be designed to withstand more than
twice the safety valve set pressure.
4.14.05 One number control panel shall be provided for each air pressurization unit to
house motor starters, push buttons, interlock, protection and monitoring, alarm
and annunciation system. The control system shall perform automatic function
with manual start stop facility. Local as well as remote monitoring facility shall
be provided for both mechanical and electrical systems.
4.15.00 Cubicle and Control Panel/Cabinet
4.15.01 All cubicles, control panels and control cabinets shall be fabricated from sheet
steel of minimum 2 mm thickness suitably reinforced to ensure structural
rigidity.
4.15.02 The degree of protection for all indoor cubicles shall be IP 54 except for neutral
grounding resistor enclosure which shall be minimum IP 23.
4.15.03 Each cubicle shall be equipped with space heater, internal illumination lamp
and ground bus.
4.15.04 Space heater and lamp shall be provided with individual ON-OFF switches.
The space heater shall be provided with thermostat.
4.15.05 Space heater shall be so sized and located as to maintain the temperature
within cubicle at least 5°F above dew point.

4.15.06 The ground bus shall have provision for receiving Owner/Purchaser's ground
connections - two numbers 75 x10 galvanized steel flats.
4.16.00 Wiring
4.16.01 All wiring shall be done with insulated stranded copper conductor of not less
than 2.5 Sq.mm cross section. Each wire shall be identified at both ends with
wire designation as per contractor's wiring diagrams
4.16.02 Heat resistant type wires suitable to withstand specified busduct inside
temperature shall be used for wiring between CT secondary terminals to the
terminal box.
4.16.03 Terminal blocks shall be box-clamp type suitable for 2x2.5 Sq.mm copper
conductor with marking strips.
4.16.04 Not more than two wires shall be connected to one terminal. Spare terminals
equal in number to 20% active terminals shall be furnished.
Terminal for C.T. secondary leads shall have provision for shorting and
grounding.
4.17.00 Name Plate
4.17.01 Nameplates shall be furnished at each disconnect link, voltage transformer

compartment, surge protection compartment and fuse block etc.
4.17.02 Materials for nameplate shall be plastic / lamicoid, 3 mm thick, using white
letters on black background.
4.18.00 Finish
4.18.01 Except for supporting steel structures which shall be galvanized, all equipment
shall be finished with a undercoat of high quality primer followed by two coats of
synthetic enamel paints unless otherwise stated.
4.18.02 The interior surface finish shall be as per manufacturer's standard. The shade
of exterior surface finish for indoor and outdoor portion shall be as indicated in
the Annexure.
4.18.03 Pretreatment consisting of degreasing, derusting etc. shall be done on all

fabricated parts before painting or galvanizing.
4.18.04 Paints shall be carefully selected to withstand heat and weather conditions.
The paint shall not scale-off or crinkle or get removed by abrasion due to
normal handling.
4.18.05 Sufficient quantities of all paints and preservatives required for touching up at
sites shall be furnished.

5.00.00 TESTS
5.01.00 Routine Test
Busduct shall be subjected to the following tests:
a) Visual inspection and verification of dimensions.
b) Dry power frequency voltage withstand for 1-minute.
c) Milli-volt drop test.
d) Insulation resistance measurement
5.02.00 Type Test
a. Impulse voltage withstand on a typical section of busduct including one

bend.
b. Heat run test on representative sections of 3-phase busduct, including

one bend and flexible joints.
c. Short circuit tests on representative sections of 3-phase busduct,

including one bend. The sections having longest span between support
insulators shall be chosen.
d. Power frequency voltage withstand tests as per IS 8084.
e. Air leakage test and water tightness tests
f. Test for radio active interference according to the procedure set forth in
NEMA publication No.107
5.03.00 Auxiliary Equipment
a. All component parts and auxiliary equipment such as current

transformer, voltage transformer, neutral grounding transformer,
lightning arrestor, surge capacitor, insulator etc. shall be routine tested
as per relevant Indian Standards.
b. All cubicles shall be completely wired up at the factory and subject to

wiring check, and power frequency withstand tests on control/secondary
wiring.
c. Type test certificate for CT,VT,LA, SC to be submitted by bidder for

short circuit current withstand and rating of equipment.

5.04.00 Test Witness
Tests shall be performed in presence of Owner/Purchaser's representative if so

desired by the Owner/Purchaser. The Contractor shall give at least seven (7)
days advance notice of the date when the tests are to be carried out.
5.05.00 Test Certificates
5.05.01 Certified reports of all the tests carried out at the works shall be furnished in six
(6) copies for approval of the Owner/Purchaser.
5.05.02 The equipment shall be dispatched from works only after receipt of
Owner/Purchaser's written approval of the test reports.
5.05.03 Type test certificate on any equipment, if so desired by the Owner/Purchaser,

shall be furnished. Otherwise the equipment shall have to be type tested, free of
charge, to prove the design.
6.01.00 Drawings, Data and Manuals shall be submitted with the bid and in quantities
and procedures as specified in General Condition of Contract and/or elsewhere
in this specification for approval and subsequent distribution after the issue of
Letter of Intent.
6.02.00 To be Submitted with the Bid
6.02.01 General Arrangement Drawing - Plan and Sections.
6.02.02 Typical details of V.T. & S.P. cubicles, N.G. cubicles, bus insulator assembly,
conductor/enclosure connections rigid & flexible, seal-off bushings etc.
6.02.03 Bill of Materials.
6.02.04 Technical leaflets/Write-ups on various pieces of equipment offered.
6.02.05 General Arrangement Drawing of Hot Air Blowing System and air pressurization
unit
6.02.06 Type test reports on similar equipment. The type test certificates shall not be
more than 5 years old. If the particular type test is not already conducted on
similar equipment the same to be conducted.
6.03.00 To be Submitted for Approval and Distribution
(A) : ‘Approval’ Category

(R) : ‘Reference’ Category
6.03.01 Calculation for temperature rise for bus and enclosure as per IEEE No. 298 (A).
6.03.02 Calculation for short circuit forces justifying the proposed arrangement (A)

6.03.03 Calculations for sizing of system components of hot blowing equipment and air
pressurization unit (A)
6.03.04 Dimensional general arrangement drawings with cross-sections of Busduct

layout, V.T. & S.P./N.G. cubicles, Hot Air Blowing Unit , air pressurization unit
etc (A)
6.03.05 Dimensional equipment drawings for C.T., V.T., L.A., N.G. Transformer, loading
resistor, terminal connectors etc. (A)
6.03.06 Detailed material list with parts number. (R)
6.03.07 Details of bus insulator assembly, C.T. assembly, rigid and flexible connections
of both bus conductor and enclosure, grounding provision, seal-off bushings,
equipment termination arrangement etc. (A)
6.03.08 Schematic and wiring diagram of different panels/cubicles/cabinets (R)
6.03.09 Wiring Diagrams of C.T.s & V.T.s.(R)
6.03.10 C.T. excitation curves. (R)
6.03.11 Foundation Plan and loading.(A)
6.03.12 Supporting steel structure and calculations. (A)
6.03.13 Set up layout of the busduct for carrying out type test (A)
6.03.14 Instruction manual for Busduct and associated equipment.(R)
The manual shall clearly indicate method of installation, check ups and tests
to be carried out before commissioning of the equipment. The manual shall
also indicate detail procedure of field welding of conductor and enclosure
6.03.15 Any other relevant drawing or data necessary for satisfactory installation,
operation and maintenance.
6.03.16 The vendor shall submit calculation of NGT & NGR to the application of 100%
stator earth fault relay type for min short time duration of 5mins
6.04.00 The drawings and document marked with (A) above are of ‘Approval’
category and are subject to review by Owner/Purchaser. Those marked (R)
are for ‘reference’ category.
The Owner/Purchaser may also review the documents marked (R) if found
necessary. The contractor shall note that the approval of drawings &
documents by the Owner/Purchaser does not relieve him of his contractual
obligation.
6.05.00 The bidder may note that the drawings, data and manuals listed herein are
minimum requirement only. The bidder shall ensure that all other necessary
write-up, curves, etc require to fully describe the equipment are to be
submitted with the bid.
6.06.00 All drawings shall be prepared by using Auto CAD approved version and all
documents shall be generated using MS Office. The paper copy of the
drawings & document shall be submitted for approval & reference. All final
drawings and documents shall be submitted in CD in Auto CAD (approved
version) and MS Office format as applicable for Owner/Purchaser’s future
reference.

ANNEXURE-A
RATINGS & REQUIREMENTS
1.0 GENERAL
(Applicable to all Equipment)
1.1 Rated voltage : Generation Voltage ( KV)
1.2 System maximum voltage : As per IEC depending on Generation

Voltage (KV)
1.3 Number of phases : 3
1.4 Rated Frequency & allowable: : 50 Hz ± 5%

variation
1.5 Neutral Grounding : Non-effectively grounded.
1.6 Insulation level
a) 1-min. dry power

frequency withstand : As per IEC (KV rms)
b) 10-sec. wet power

frequency withstand : As per IEC (KV rms)
c) Impulse withstand : As per IEC (KV Peak).
1.7 Short Circuit Level (Symmetrical/

Momentary) :
a) Main run : 142 KA rms/ 395 KA peak
b) Tap-off run : 254 KA rms/ 705 KA peak

UAT/V.T. & S.P./N.G.)
c) Delta run ( for 3 off 1Ph GT) : 254 KA rms/ 705 KA peak
1.8 Service Voltage
a) Hot air blowing : 415V±10%,3ph,50Hz,±5%,4wire.
b) Space heating, cubicle

lighting etc. : 240V±10%, 1ph, 50Hz, ±5%, 2 wire.
CPCPL-Super Critical TPP-Tharangambadi VOL.II‐F1/SEC‐IV : 16

DCPL-11Z02
ANNEXURE-A
2.0 GENERATOR BUSDUCT
2.1 Type : Isolated-phase, continuous, self-cooled.
2.2 Service : Indoor/Outdoor.
2.3 Rated Continuous Current
a) Main run : 25000 A
b) Tap-offs run : 1600 A
c) Delta run : 15000 A
2.4 Design ambient temperature : 50°C
2.5 Rated hottest-spot

temperature :
i) Bus conductor :
Silver joint : 105 °C
plain or tinned joint : 90 °C
ii) Bus enclosure &

support structure : 80 °C
2.6 Material
a) Bus conductor : Aluminum alloy Grade 19501

(60% IACS).
b) Bus enclosure : Aluminum alloy Grade 63401

(56.5% IACS).
IACS: International Annealed Copper

Standard
2.7 Rated Short time Current for

duration of 1 Sec.
a) Main run : 142 KA rms
b) Tap-off run : 254 KA rms

UAT/V.T. & S.P./N.G.)
c) Delta run ( for 3 off 1Ph GT) : 254 KA rms
The actual current to be verified and confirmed within above limit during detail
engineering by calculation and ETAP System Study.

DCPL-11Z02
ANNEXURE-A
2.7 Insulator
Voltage Class : As per IEC depending on generation

Voltage (KV)
Material : Epoxy Resin Cast
Power frequency withstand Voltage : 55KVrms
Creepage : 600mm
2.8 Painting
Interior surface : Matt black
Exterior surface : Shade RAL 5012
3.0 CURRENT TRANSFORMER
3.1 Type : Cast resin, ring type.
3.2 Service : Indoor/Outdoor.
3.3 Mounting : Bus enclosure.
3.4 Insulation class : As per IEC depending on generation

Voltage (KV)
3.5 Ambient inside busduct : 105oC
The CT ratings and other CT parameters to be decided during detailed engineering.

DCPL-11Z02
ANNEXURE-A
3.6 C.T. RATINGS
C.T. Description Current Output Class ISF Knee-Point Excitation Secondary

Type Ratio Voltage Vk Current Resistance
A/A VA Volt * mA ** Ohm +
MAIN RUN C.T.S

Neutral Side
A1. Overall 25000/5 - PS - * * *

Differential
B1. Gen
Relaying 25000/5 75 5P20 - - - -
B2. Gen
Relaying 25000/5 75 5P20 - - - -
C. Performance Testing
& EHG system 25000/5 75 0.2 <5++ - - -
NOTE : The ratings indicated are tentative. The exact requirement will have to be coordinated on finalization of protection scheme.
* Not less than
** Nor more than
+ At maximum operating temperature.
++ISF must match with the capability of connected instruments/devices.

DCPL-11Z02
ANNEXURE-A
C.T. Description Current Output Class ISF Knee-Point Excitation Secondary

Type Ratio Voltage Vk Current Resistance
A/A VA Volt * mA ** Ohm +
Line Side
D2. Gen Differential 25000/5 - PS - * * *
D3. Gen Differential 25000/5 - PS - * * *
G1. AVR & EHG System 25000/5 75 0.2 <5++ - - -
G2. AVR & EHG System 25000/5 75 0.2 <5++ - - -
F. Gen Metering 25000/5 75 0.2 <5++ - - -

DCPL-11Z02
ANNEXURE-A
TAP-OFFS C.T.S
A2. Overall Differential 25000/5 - PS - * * *
A3. UAT Overcurrent 1600/5 30 5P20 - - - -
H1. UAT Differential 1600/5 - PS - * * *
I. UAT Metering 1600/5 30 0.2 <5++ - - -
NG XFMR SEC. C.T.
M. Back-up Overcurrent 200/1 15 5P20 - - - -

DCPL-11Z02
ANNEXURE-A
4.0 SURGE PROTECTION
A. LIGHTNING ARRESTOR
4.1 Type : Station class.
4.2 Service : Indoor
4.3 Rated Voltage : As per IEC depending on

Generation Voltage (KV)
4.4 Nominal Discharge Current : 10 KA
B. SURGE CAPACITOR
4.5 Type : Non-inflammable,

single pole.
4.6 Service : Indoor.
4.7 Voltage class : 33 KV
4.8 Capacitance : 0.125 micro-farad.
5.0 VOLTAGE TRANSFORMER
5.1 Type : Cast-resin, draw-out.
5.3 Rated Voltage
a. Primary : (Generation Voltage) / √3 volt
b. Secondary : 110/ √3 volt
5.4 Winding Connection
a. Primary : Grounded Wye
b. Secondary : Grounded Wye
5.5 Insulation Class : As per IEC depending on

Generation Voltage (KV)
5.6 Over Voltage Factor
a. Continuous : 1.2
b. 30 seconds : 1.9
5.7 Other Ratings : Accuracy Class Rated VA
a. Metering/relaying and 0.5 metering 100

CPCPL-Super Critical TPP-Tharangambadi VOL-II-F/1-SEC-IV - 22
DCPL-11Z02
ANNEXURE-A
EHG system : 3P relaying
b. AVR and EHG System : 0.5 60
c. Performance test and

EHG System : 0.2 60
6.0 NEUTRAL GROUNDING TRANSFORMER
6.1 Type : Dry type, self-cooled.
6.3 Phase : Single.
6.4 Voltage ratio : (Generation Voltage) / 240-120 Volt
6.5 Rated Output : * KVA(for 5 min )
6.6 Duty (Time rating) : Continuous.
6.7 Insulation class : As per IEC

depending on generation
Voltage (KV)
6.8 Maximum Temperature rise

over design ambient….. °C : 70°C
7.0 LOADING RESISTOR
7.1 Type : Grid Type.
7.3 Resistance : To be finalized during detail

engineering as per calculation
7.4 Current : To be finalized during detail

engineering as per calculation
7.5 Voltage : 220 V
7.6 Duty (Time rating) : Continuous
7.7 Maximum temperature rise

over design ambient of 50oC : 250oC
The sizing calculation need to be submitted during detail engineering for owners approval.
CPCPL-Super Critical TPP-Tharangambadi VOL-II-F/1-SEC-IV - 23

DCPL-11Z02
VOLUME : IIF/1
SECTION-V
FOR
HT SWITCHGEARS
CONTENT
1.00.00 SCOPE OF SUPPLY V.II-F1/S-V : 1
2.00.00 CODES AND STANDARDS V.II-F1/S-V : 2
3.00.00 DESIGN CRITERIA V.II-F1/S-V : 3
4.00.00 SPECIFIC REQUIREMENTS V.II-F1/S-V : 4
5.00.00 TESTS V.II-F1/S-V : 19
6.00.00 SPECIAL TOOLS & TACKLES V.II-F1/S-V : 20
7.00.00 DRAWINGS DATA & MANUALS V.II-F1/S-V : 20
ATTACHMENTS
ANNEXURE-A RATINGS AND REQUIREMENTS V.II-F1/S-V : 22
ANNEXURE-B PROTECTIONS V.II-F1/S-V : 24
ANNEXURE-C WRITE-UP ON BUS TRANSFER SCHEME V.II-F1/S-V : 27

VOLUME: IIF/1
SECTION-V
FOR
HT SWITCHGEARS
1.00.00 SCOPE OF SUPPLY
1.01.01 Five (5) No’s of 11000 V Switchgears as detailed below :
a) 11000V Unit Switchgear : # 1BA, # 1BB,

# 2BA, #2BB
b) 11000V Station Switchgear : # 0BA ,
1.01.02 Two (2) No’s of 3300 V Switchgears as detailed below :
a) 3300V Unit auxiliary

Switchgear : # 1CA, # 2CA
1.01.03 Additional 11000V switchgears or 3300V switchgears for BTG, if required,

shall also be included under the Scope of BTG Contractor without any price
implication. However, Unit rates of HT switchgear feeder shall be furnished
for each type of rating.
1.01.04 High speed microprocessor based Autobus Transfer panel as per write up
attached for each of the 11KV Unit and Station Switchboards for Incomers
and TIE Breakers changeover through BTS shall be included in the scope.
Auto bus transfer is not required from station to unit bus on station bus failure.
However planned changeover facility shall be provided for 11 KV tie as well as
incomer breakers.
1.01.05 Base channel frame of the switchgear with hardware in panel design.
1.01.06 Set of accessories as detailed below: -
Earthing equipment suitable for earthing the bus/cables.
a) Earthing truck for feeders : Two (2) Nos. each for 3.3 KV &
11 KV Switchgears
VOL.II‐F1/SEC‐V : 1 DCPL-11Z02
b) Earthing truck for bus : Two (2) Nos. each for 3.3 KV &
11 KV Switchgears
1.01.07 One set of special tools and tackles for 3.3 KV switchgears & 11KV
switchgear.
1.01.08 Mandatory spare parts.
1.01.09 Recommended spare parts for three (3) years continuous operation.
accordance with the latest editions including all applicable amendments of
relevant Indian Standards (IS) and IEC except where modified and/or
supplemented by this specification.
2.04.00
S.No CODE Description
1. IEC-60694 Common specifications for high voltage switchgear and

controlgear standards
2. IEC-60298 AC Metal enclosed switchgear and controlgear for rated
IS-3427 voltages above 1KV and upto 52KV
3. IS:5082 Specification for wrought Aluminum alloys bars, rods, tubes and
sections for electrical purposes.
4. IEC-62271 High Voltage alternating circuit breakers
IEC-60056
IS-13118
5. IEC-60044 Instrument transformers
6. IS-2705 Current Transformer
7. IS-3156 Voltage Transformer
8. IEC-60282
High voltage Fuses.
IS-9358
9. IS-3231 Electrical relays for power system protection

10. IEC-60129
Alternating current disconnectors and earthing switches
IS-9921
11. IEC-60529 Degrees of protection provided by enclosures
12. IS-722 Specification for AC electricity meters
13. IS-1248 Direct Acting Indicating Analogue Electrical measuring

instruments and their accessories.
14. IS-2544 Specification for Porcelain post insulators for systems with
nominal voltage greater than 1000 V
15. IS-5578 Guide for marking of insulated conductors
16. IS-11353 Guide for uniform system of marking and identification of

conductors and apparatus Terminals
17. IS-8686 Specification for static protective relays.
18. IS-9046 AC contactors for voltages above 1000 volts and upto and
including 11000V.
19. IS-9431 Specification for indoor post insulators of organic material for
system with nominal voltages greater than 1000 volts upto and
including 300 kV.
20. IEC-60099 Metal oxide surge arrestor without gap for AC system.
(part 4)
21 IEC-60099-1 Non-linear resistor type gapped arrestor for AC systems.
22. CIGRE WG Recommendation for substitute test for switching over voltage
13.02 test.
Chapter-3
3.01.00 The switchgear shall be used to supply power to HV motors, transformers and
other loads for various plants.
3.02.00 Duty involves direct on line starting of large induction motors and also under
certain emergency conditions transfer of loads from normal to stand-by
source of supply.
The HT Switchgear need to be designed for motor starting current varies from
6 to 8 times the full-load current, with a maximum of 3 starts per hour.
3.03.00 The switchgear shall be located in a clean but hot, humid and tropical
atmosphere.

3.04.00 Switchgear ratings and quantities are detailed in the enclosed drawings and
annexure. Equipment shall be furnished in strict accordance with the same.
For indicative power distribution scheme “ Electrical Single Line Diagram for
Auxiliary Power Distribution System” Dwg. No. CPCPL-11Z02-DWG-E-241

shall be referred. All the rating shown in the above drawing represents the
minimum requirement only; exact rating, number and type of feeders etc.
shall be decided by the bidder.
3.05.00 For continuous operation at specified ratings, temperature rise of the various
switchgear components shall be limited to the permissible values stipulated in
the relevant standards and/or this specification.
3.06.00 The Switchgear and components thereof shall be capable of withstanding the
mechanical forces and thermal stresses of the short circuit current listed in
the annexure without any damage or deterioration of material.
3.07.00 Circuit breaker shall not produce any harmful over-voltage during switching of
induction motors, unloaded lines and unloaded transformers. Surge protective
device shall be provided in the scope of supply to limit over-voltage.
4.00.00 SPECIFIC REQUIREMENT
4.01.01 The switchgear shall be indoor, metal-clad, floor mounted, draw out type.
Design and construction shall be such as to allow extension at either end.
4.01.02 The switchgear enclosure shall conform to the degree of protection IP-42 as
per IEC.
The minimum thickness of CRCA sheet steel used shall be 2 mm.
4.01.03 The switchgear assembly shall comprise a continuous, dead-front, line-up of

free standing, vertical cubicles. Each cubicle shall have a front-hinged door
with latches and a removable back cover. All covers and doors shall be
provided with neoprene gaskets.
4.01.04 Switchgear cubicle shall be so sized as to permit closing of the front access
door when the breaker is pulled out to TEST position. The working zone shall
be restricted within 750 mm to 1950 mm from floor level.
4.01.05 Circuit breakers, instrument transformers, bus bars, cable compartment etc.,
shall be housed in separate compartments within the cubicle. The design
shall be such that failure of one equipment shall not affect the adjacent units.
4.01.06 All relays, meters, breaker control switches, selector switches and indicating
lamps shall be flush mounted on the respective cubicle door or on control
cabinet built on the front of the cubicle. AC/DC auxiliary supply switches /

isolation switches for cubicle space heater, cubicle lamp, spring charging
motor circuit shall be located inside metering compartment.
4.01.07 Dummy panel shall be provided in the switchgear line up, if required, for easy
termination access of power and control cables. Dummy panel / bus trunking
panel shall be of full cubicle with closed roof and rear door similar to
enclosures for active cubicles.
4.01.08 In each of the 11KV and 3.3KV Switchgear one spare feeder for each type
shall be provided.
4.01.09 The motor space heater shall be controlled from separate module in MCC
with necessary interlocks with switchgear
4.01.10 The wiring for the space heater of switchgear compartments shall be
segregated from the control wiring. The sizes of wire in the panel shall be
stranded copper conductor, 1.5mm² for all circuit and 2.5 mm² for CT circuits
4.02.00 Bus and Bus Taps
4.02.01 The main buses and connections shall be of high conductivity aluminum/
aluminum alloy, sized for specified current ratings with maximum temperature
limited to:
0 0 0
(a) For bolted joints (Plain or tinned) – 90 C ( i.e 40 C rise over 50 C
ambient)
(b) For bolted joints (Silver plated) – 1050 C ( i.e 55 0

C rise over 50 0
C
ambient)
0
(c) Bus bar temperature rise shall be limited to 35 C even while the
ambient is 50 0 C)
4.02.02 Copper bus bars shall be used for bus bar current rating above 2000A, with
maximum temperature rise limits same as that for aluminum bus bar.
4.02.03 Bus bars shall be of same size for the entire length of the switchgear.
Continuous current rating of bus connections / dropper shall be same as that

of continuous in panel current rating of associated breaker.
4.02.04 All bus connections shall be silver plated. Adequate contact pressure shall be
ensured by means of two bolts connection with plain and spring washers and
locknuts. Bimetallic connectors shall be furnished for connections between
dissimilar metals.
4.02.05 Bus bars and connection shall be fully insulated for working voltage with
adequate phase/ground clearances. Insulating sleeves for bus bars and cast-
resin shrouds for joints shall be provided, suitable for maximum temperature
rise of bus bars.
4.02.06 Bus insulator shall be flame-retardant, track resistant type with creepage
distance suitable for heavily polluted atmosphere.

4.02.07 All buses and connections shall be supported and braced to withstand
stresses due to maximum short circuit current and also to take care of any
thermal expansion.
4.02.08 Bus bars shall be color coded for easy identification and so located that the
sequence R-Y-B shall be from left to right, top to bottom or front to rear, when
viewed from front of the switch-gear assembly.
4.03.00 Circuit Breaker
4.03.01 Circuit breaker shall be triple pole, single throw and Vacuum type.
Vacuum Circuit Breaker
Vacuum circuit breaker shall be reputed make and conforming to relevant

Indian / British /International Standards. The vacuum circuit breaker shall be
capable of interrupting all types of fault conditions which may occur in the
system. The vacuum interruption module shall have long service life. The
electrodes shall be gas free and the electrode’s material shall be such that it
can generate more vapour pressure at low currents and less vapour pressure at
high currents to avoid current chopping or arc restriking as the case may be.
The Bidder shall furnish with his bid all the necessary literature, write-up etc., in
support of the performance of the circuit breaker. The bidder shall furnish with
his bid all the necessary literature, write-up test, certificates etc., to indicate that
circuit breakers offered by him shall not cause over-voltage during breaking of
small inductive currents and are suitable for the service involved. Suitable surge
absorbers/suppressors shall be provided to reduce over-voltage. Bidder shall
furnish Test certificates pertaining to over-voltage with and without surge
absorbers / suppressors under various operating conditions.
4.03.02 Circuit breakers shall be horizontal isolation and horizontal draw out type,
having SERVICE, TEST and DISCONNECTED positions with positive
indication for each position.
4.03.03 Circuit breakers of identical rating shall be physically and electrically

interchangeable.
4.03.04 Circuit breaker shall have motor wound spring charged trip free mechanism
with anti pumping-feature and shunt trip. In addition facility for manual
charging of spring shall be provided.
4.03.05 For motor wound mechanism, spring charging shall take place automatically
after each breaker closing operation. One open-close-open operation of the
circuit breaker shall be possible after failure of power supply to the motor.
4.03.06 Mechanical safety interlock shall be provided to prevent:
a) The circuit breaker from being racked in or out of the service position
when the breaker is closed.
b) Racking in the circuit breaker unless the control plug is fully engaged.

4.03.07 Automatic safety shutters shall be provided to fully cover the female primary
disconnects when the breaker is withdrawn.
4.03.08 Each breaker shall be provided with an emergency manual trip, mechanical
ON-OFF, indication, an operation counter and mechanism charge/discharge
indicator.
4.03.09 Each breaker shall be provided with following :
a) Auxiliary switch, with 6 NO + 6 NC contacts, mounted on the draw out

portion of the switchgear.
b) Position/cell switch with 3 NO + 1 NC contacts, one each for TEST

and SERVICE position.
c) Auxiliary switch, with 4 NO + 4 NC contacts, mounted on the

stationary portion of the switchgear and operated mechanically by a
sliding lever from the breaker in SERVICE position.
d) Latch type relay with sufficient numbers of NO & NC contacts for

meeting the functional requirement of the scheme and the same shall
be initiated by auxiliary contacts (1NO+1NC) mounted on the moving
portion. 2NO+2NC contacts shall be made available for future use of
owner after satisfying the functional requirements.
Alternatively electrically reset type latching relay may be used for the
purpose.
4.03.10 Switch contact shall be rated 10 A AC. and 2A DC at their respective

operating voltage.
4.03.11 For 3.3KV motor feeders contactor with fuse can be considered instead of
Circuit Breaker.
4.04.00 Control & Indication
The circuit breaker shall be wired up for local & remote operation. Each
breaker cubicle shall be equipped with following :-
4.04.01 One (1) TEST-NORMAL-TRIAL selector switch stay put type with pistol grip
handle and key interlock.
4.04.02 Two (2) heavy-duty oil tight, push buttons for TRIP & CLOSE.
4.04.03 a. Four(4) indicating lights on front of compartments :-
GREEN : Breaker Open
RED : Breaker Closed
AMBER : Trip

BLUE : Breaker in service position
AMBER : Breaker in Test position
YELLOW : Trip circuit healthy
RED : Breaker closed on back side of panel
WHITE : LOCK OUT RELAY Healthy
BLUE : Spring charged
b. Alarms and Indication in control room:
The following indications / alarms are the minimum to be provided in the

DDCMIS/EDMS TFT in the control room. Additional indications /
alarms considered necessary during the detailed engineering stage shall also
be provided.
Out of these, some shall be selected for the sequential events recording.For
each feeder, grouped alarm for any abnormal condition of that feeder shall be
provided on the control panels. The control / interlock schemes for various
types of feeders shall be commensurate with their application.
(a) Common for each breaker panel
(i) Status Indication
• Breaker on
• Breaker off
• Breaker in remote
• Breaker in service
• Breaker in test
• Circuit side earthed
• Bus side earthed (as applicable)
• Spring charger indication
• Local/Remote
(ii) Alarms
• L/O Relay operated

• CB Tripped on U/V
• Trip circuit unhealthy
(b) Incomers from unit auxiliary / Standby transformer
• Sources paralleled beyond preset time

• Outgoing breaker trip

c) VT Panels
• Bus under voltage

• L/O relay operated
• Bus PT fuse failed
• DC supply – 1 failed.
• DC supply – 2 failed
• Bus PT not in service
d) Motor Feeders
• Overload alarm
e) Service Transformer Feeders

• Oil temp Hi alarm
• Oil level low alarm
• Winding temperature Hi alarm
• Buchholz relay alarm
f) Tie Feeders
• Sources paralleled beyond preset time.
g) Analog Parameters
- Load current each phase
- Voltage 3 phase (For Incomer)
h) Control
ON / OFF control and ON / OFF & fault / discrepancy indication for each of
the breakers shall be provided in the CRTs. Control panel in the control
room shall be provided with control of all synchronizing breakers i.e.,
incomers and tie breakers with auto-off-manual switches.
4.04.04 Lamps shall be clustered type LED module pilot lights in thermoplastic
enclosure with polycarbonate lens and diffuser. LED shall be protected by in-
built fuse with surge suppressor and leakage voltage glow protection. Lamp
and lens shall be replaceable from front. LED’s used shall have pickup and
drop out voltage within -20% of operating voltage.
4.04.05 The general scheme of connection for control, interlock and protection is
shown in the enclosed drawings. Detailed requirements shall be intimated
later to the successful Bidder, who shall develop and furnish the schemes
accordingly.

4.05.01 Current transformers shall be cast resin type. All secondary connections shall
be brought out to terminal blocks where wye or delta connection shall be
made.
4.05.02 Accuracy class of the Current Transformers shall be :
a) Class PS for differential relaying .
b) Class 5P20 for other relaying.
c) Class 1.0 and ISF ≤ 10 for metering.
d) CT accuracy Class 0.2 S for Measurement, Energy, Audit &

Accounting (MEAA) as per CEA Regulations and ISF ≤ 2 for
performance / precision metering.
4.05.03 Current transformer secondary shall be rated for 1 A for protection and 5 A for
metering.
4.05.04 Feeders requiring remote metering and/or current monitoring shall be

provided with current transducers with calibration for full-scale reading.
4.05.05 Current Transformer Insulation shall be of Class E or better.
4.06.00 Voltage Transformer
4.06.01 Voltage Transformer (VT) shall be cast-resin, draw out type and shall have an
accuracy class of 0.2 for MEAA and 0.5 for other measurements. Voltage
transformer shall be mounted in a separate vertical panel. Voltage
transformer on breaker carriage or at the top of cubicle is not acceptable.
4.06.02 High voltage windings of voltage transformer shall be protected by current

limiting fuses. The voltage transformer and fuses shall be completely
disconnected and visibly grounded in fully draw-out position.
4.06.03 Low voltage winding of voltage transformer shall have fuse installed in all
ungrounded secondary leads. Fuse shall be suitably located to permit easy
replacement while the switchgear is energized.
4.06.04 Voltage Transformer Insulation shall be of Class E or better.
4.07.00 Relays
4.07.01 Relays shall be of draw out design with built-in testing facilities and flush
mounted at the front of panel. Small auxiliary relays may be in non-draw out
execution and mounted within the cubicle.
4.07.02 Relays shall be rated for operation on 110V PT secondary voltage and CT
secondary current 1A for protection and 5 A for metering as shown on
drawings. Number and rating of relay contacts shall suit the job requirements.
4.07.03 Unless mentioned otherwise in the specification, protective relays shall be

multifunction type numerical relays. All relays shall be able to communicate
with DDCMIS through communication protocol.
4.07.04 Multifunction numerical relays shall be selected to provide an integrated

protection, continuous measurement and monitoring functions. Features such
as self-diagnosis and external testing, disturbance recording, sequence of
event recording, time stampings shall be available with the relay. Relevant
data shall be possible to be stored in non-volatile memory backed up by
battery. The relay shall have multiple setting groups, optically isolated input /
output, front LCD display and menus, fixed function and programmable LEDs,
keypad and password protection. All functions including protection,
automation, communication, LEDs, input / output shall be programmable and
can be modified, if required, using the front panel user interface.
Communication port for local and remote (with suitable protocol)
communication shall be located in the front and rear part of the relay. A laptop
loaded with support software (complete version) shall be supplied for local off
line programming, measurements, extracting and viewing of events,
disturbance etc. The relay shall be housed in dust tight enclosure, suitable for
IP 52 degree of protection.
The protection Relay used for MV Switchgears i.e for Incomer/ Tie
feeders/outgoing feeder/Transformer feeder/Motor feeder shall be latest version
of Numerical relays having communication facility (RS 232, RS 485). Bidder
shall make necessary provision to make protection Relay data available at data
highway bus in plant Main control room. The polling time of relays shall be as
minimum as possible with real time tag. The protection relay used for
Incomer/Tie feeders/ Outgoing feeder/ Transformer feeder shall have facility to
select curves as per IEC, IEEE/ANSI protection Relay shall have event record
fault record and disturbance record facility. More facility and protection available
in the relay shall be accepted. System should be OPC complaint with
necessary hardwares and software, special cables. FO cables, required
Ethernet switches, data concentrator for hooking upto DDCMIS. Also the alarm
points shall be generated in the system which shall be transferred through OPC
complaint interface upto DDC/MIS. Make and type of all the relays shall be
subject to Owner/Consultant approval.
4.07.05 Separate numerical relay shall be provided for differential protection of motors
above 1000KW and E/F protection of motor shall be achieved through CBCT.
4.07.06 The Contractor shall furnish, install & co-ordinate all relays to suit the
requirements of protection, interlock schemes and bus transfer schemes.
4.08.00 Meter
4.08.01 Indicating instruments (96 x 96 mm) shall be switchboard type, with 240-
degree scale, anti-glare glass and accuracy class of ± 1% full scale. Each
meter shall have zero adjuster on the front.
4.08.02 Motor ammeter shall have extended suppressed end-scale range to indicate
starting current (6-8 times full load).

4.08.03 Metering for Energy Audit & Accounting
a) On Generator terminal, HV and LV side of ST & UT , 11/3.3 kV side

for LT Auxiliary transformers and incomers for CHP & AHP switchboards,
energy accounting and audit meters shall be installed as per latest CEA
Regulation on Installation and Operation of Meters.
The meters shall be of 0.2S accuracy class and the associated CTs and PTs
shall be of 0.2S and 0.2 accuracy class respectively.
The meters for both HV and LV side of ST shall be located on Incomer panel
of respective switchgears.
For UT, meters for HV side shall be located on the Generator Metering Panel
at Central control room and the meters for LV side shall be located on
incomer panel of respective switchgears.
For LT Auxiliary Transformers the meters for HV side shall be located on

outgoing feeder panel of the HV switchgear.
b) Energy meter shall be three phase multifunction, digital type with

communication port for Energy management system interface. The energy
meter shall be located in respective switchgear cubicle of all incomers, TIE
and outgoing feeders. For motor feeders the energy data shall be generated
in DDCMIS.
c) (1) The energy accounting and audit meters shall be suitable for
measurement, recording and display of cumulative active energy with date
and time.
(2) The energy accounting and audit meters may also have the facility to
measure, record and display one or more of the following parameters
depending upon the energy accounting and audit requirement. All parameters
excluding instantaneous electrical parameters shall also be stored in memory.
(a) Apparent power

(b) Phase wise kilowatt at peak KVA
(c) Phase wise KVA(reactive) at peak KVA
(d) Phase wise voltage at peak KVA
(e) Power down time
(f) Average power factor
(g) Line currents
(h) Phase voltages
(i) Date and time
(j) Tamper events
(3) The energy accounting and audit meter shall have data storage capacity
for at least 35 days in a non-volatile memory.
(4) Energy accounting and audit meters shall have facility to download the
parameters through meter reading instruments as well as remote
transmission of data over communication network

(5) The meters shall have a non-volatile memory in which the following shall
be automatically stored:
(a) Average frequency for each successive 15-minute block, as a two-digit

code (00 to 99 for frequency from 49.0 to 51.0Hz).
(b) Net Wh during each successive 15-minute block, upto second decimal,
with plus/minus sign.
(c) Cumulative Wh at each midnight, in six digits including one decimal.
(d) Cumulative VArh for voltage high condition, at each midnight, in six digits
including one decimal.
(e) Cumulative VArh for voltage low condition, at each midnight, in six digits
including one decimal.
(f) Date and time blocks of failure of VT supply on any phase, as a star(*)
mark.
(6) The meters shall store all the above listed data in their memories for a
period of at least ten days. The data older than ten days shall get erased
automatically. Each meter shall have an optical port on its front for tapping all
data stored in its memory using a hand held data collection device. The meter
shall be suitable for transmitting the data to remote location using appropriate
communication medium.
(7) The active energy (Wh) measurement shall be carried out on 3-phase, 4-
wire principle, with an accuracy as per class 0.2 S of IEC-687/IEC-62053-22.
The energy shall be computed directly in CT and VT secondary quantities,
and indicated in watt-hours.
(8) The Var and reactive energy measurement shall also be on 3-phase, 4-
wire principle, with an accuracy as per class 2 of IEC-62053-23 or better. The
Var and VArh computation shall be directly in CT and VT secondary
quantities. There shall be two reactive energy registers, one for the period
when average RMS voltage is above 103% and the other for the period the
voltage is below 97%.
.
(9) The meters shall also display (on demand), by turn, the following
parameters:
(i) Unique identification number of the meter

(ii) Date
(iii) Time
(iv) Cumulative Wh register reading
(v) Average frequency of the previous 15-minute block
(vi) Net Wh transmittal in the previous 15-minute block, with +/-sign.
(vii) Average percentage voltage
(viii) Reactive power with +/- sign
(ix) Voltage-high VArh register reading
(x) Voltage-low VArh register reading.

(10) The three line-to-neutral voltages shall be continuously monitored, and in
case any of these falls below 70%, the condition shall be suitably indicated
and recorded. The meters shall operate with the power drawn from the VT
secondary circuits, without the need for any auxiliary power supply. Each
meter shall have a built-in calendar and clock, having an accuracy of 30
seconds per month or better.
(11) The meters shall be totally sealed and tamper-proof, with no possibility of
any adjustment at site, except for a restricted clock correction. The harmonics
shall be filtered out while measuring Wh, Var and VArh, and only fundamental
frequency quantities shall be measured/computed.
4.09.00 Transducer
Transducers shall be provided for conversion of AC electrical quantities such

as voltage, current and power. Transducer shall be suitable for 220V DC
auxiliary supply. Transducers shall be of low burden type having 4 – 20 mA
DC linear galvanically isolated output compatible with secondary indicating
instrument. Transducer shall be dual channel type. Accuracy class of
Transducers shall be as per IS14570:1998 or IEC688 :992
4.10.00 Switch
4.10.01 Switches shall be dust protected, heavy duty, switchboard type complete with
escutcheon plate. Contacts shall be silver surfaced, rated 10A at operating
voltage.
4.10.02 Lockable stay-put type switchgear / field / remote selector switch shall be
provided as per requirement and mounted on switchgear cubicle.
4.10.03 Meter selector switches shall be maintained contact, stay put type with knob
handle. Ammeter & voltmeter selector switches shall be four position type.
Ammeter selector switches shall have made before break feature to prevent
open circuiting of CT secondary.
4.10.04 Breaker control switch shall be multistage, spring return to normal, with lost
motion device and pistol grip handle.
4.11.00 Fuse & MCB
4.11.01 Fuses shall be HRC, link type, with minimum interrupting capacity equal to
the listed short circuit current. Fuses shall be furnished complete with fuse
bases and fittings. Visible indication shall be provided on blowing of the fuse.
4.11.02 MCBs, if used, shall be three/four pole, trip free, with manual close / open
mechanism. Automatic tripping provision for over load and short circuit shall
also be provided. MCBs shall be rated for full fault level of the system. MCB
shall be provided with required number of auxiliary contacts as per circuit
requirement.

4.12.00 Push Button
Push button shall be heavy duty, shrouded, push to actuate type with colored
button and inscription plate. Each push button shall have 2 NO + 2 NC
contacts, rated 10A and 0.5A at their respective AC and DC operating
voltage.
4.13.00 Secondary Wiring
4.13.01 The switchgear shall be fully wired at the factory to ensure proper functioning
of control, protection, transfer and interlocking schemes.
4.13.02 Fuse, links and MCB shall be provided to permit individual circuit isolation
from bus wires without disturbing other circuits. All spare contacts of relays,
switches and other devices shall be wired upto terminal blocks.
4.13.03 Wiring shall be done with flexible, 650V grade, PVC insulated switchboard
wires with stranded copper conductors of 2.5 mm2 for control and current
circuits and 1.5 mm2 for voltage circuits.
4.13.04 Each wire shall be identified, at both ends, with interlocking type permanent
markers bearing wire numbers as per Contractor's Wiring Diagrams. AC / DC
wiring shall have separate color-coding.
4.13.05 Wire termination shall be made with crimping type connectors with insulating
sleeves. Wires shall not be spliced between terminals.
4.13.06 All spare contacts of relays, timers, auxiliary switches shall be wired up to the
terminal block.
4.14.00 Terminal Block
4.14.01 650V grade, multi way terminal block complete with mounting channel,
binding screws and washers for wire connections and marking strip for circuit
identification shall be provided for terminating the panel wiring. Terminals
shall be stud type, suitable for terminating 2 nos. 2.5 mm2 stranded copper
conductor and provided with acrylic insulating cover. Terminals for C.T.
secondary leads shall have provision for shorting and grounding.
4.14.02 Not more than two wires shall be connected to any terminal. Spare terminals
equal in number to 20% active terminals shall be furnished. Separate terminal
blocks shall be used for AC/ DC wiring termination.
4.14.03 Terminal blocks shall be located to allow easy access. Wiring shall be so
arranged that individual wires of an external cable can be connected to
consecutive terminals.
4.14.04 Terminal blocks used for interface with DDCMIS via termination cabinet shall
be suitably sized to facilitate proper termination of interconnecting cables.
4.15.00 Cable Termination

4.15.01 Switchgear shall be designed for cable entry only from bottom.
Sufficient space shall be provided for ease of termination and connection.
4.15.02 All provisions and accessories shall be furnished for termination and
connection of cables, including removable gland plates, cables supports,
crimp type tinned copper/ aluminum lugs, brass compression glands with
tapered washer (Power cables only) and terminal blocks.
4.15.03 Gland plates shall be minimum 3 mm thick. The gland plate and supporting
arrangement for 1/C power cables shall be of aluminum.
4.15.04 Sufficient space shall be provided between the power cable termination and
gland plate. Core balance CTs wherever specified, shall be accommodated
within this space, inside the cubicle.
4.16.00 Bus Duct Connection
4.16.01 Bus duct connections shall be furnished along with transition panel, if
required. Unless mentioned otherwise bus duct connections shall generally
be from the top.
4.16.02 All connecting bus work shall have the same continuous rating as associated
switchgear bus and shall be fully braced for the listed short circuit current.
4.16.03 All provisions such as matching flange and other accessories shall be
furnished for connection to bus duct supplied by others. Necessary details for
this purpose shall be furnished later.
4.17.00 Ground Bus
4.17.01 A ground bus, rated to carry maximum fault current, shall extend for the full
length of the switchgear.
4.17.02 The ground bus shall be provided with two-bolt drilling with G.I. bolts and nuts
at each end to receive 75 x 10 mm G.I. flat.
4.17.03 Each stationary unit shall be connected directly to the ground bus. The frame
of each circuit breaker and draw out VT unit shall be grounded through heavy
multiple contacts at all times except when the primary disconnecting devices
are separated by a safe distance.
4.17.04 Wherever, the schematic diagrams indicate a definite ground at the

switchgear, a single wire for each circuit thus grounded shall be run
independently to the ground bus and connected thereto.
4.17.05 CT and VT secondary neutrals shall be earthed through removable links so

that earth of one circuit may be removed without disturbing other.
4.18.00 Earthing Truck
Earthing trucks shall be provided for earthing the switchgear bus bars as
well as outgoing cables. The trucks shall have a voltage transformer and an
interlock to prevent earthing of any live connection. The trucks shall have
audio-visual annunciation to warn the operator against earthing of live
connections. It shall not be possible to use bus-earthing truck for cable
earthing & vice versa. Earthing truck shall be non- fault making type. Circuit
breakers provided with integral earth switch, as an alternative, is not
acceptable.
4.19.00 Nameplate
4.19.01 Nameplates of approved design shall be furnished at each cubicle (one no.
each at front as well as at backside of cubicle) and at each instruments &
device mounted on or inside the cubicle.
4.19.02 The material shall be lamicoid or approved equal, 3 mm thick with white letter
on black back ground.
4.19.03 The nameplate shall be held by self-tapping screws. Nameplate size shall be
minimum 20 x 75mm for instrument/device and 40 x 150mm for panels.
4.19.04 Caution notice on suitable metal plate shall be affixed at the back of each
vertical panel.
4.20.00 Space heaters and Plug socket
4.20.01 Each cubicle shall be provided with thermostat controlled space heaters and
5A, 3 pin plug socket.
4.20.02 In addition, motor feeder cubicle shall be wired-up for feeding the motor
space heater through suitable rated breaker auxiliary NC contact and/or
contactor.
4.20.03 Cubicle heater, Motor heater, Plug/socket circuits shall have individual switch
fuse units.
4.21.00 A.C/D.C Power Supply
4.21.01 The following power supplies shall be made available to each switchgear :
A.C. supply : 230 V Double Feeder
D.C. supply : 220V Double Feeder
4.21.02 Isolating switch fuse units shall be provided at each switchgear for the
incoming supplies, 4-pole, single throw for A.C. and 2-pole, double throw for
D.C. Molded case circuit breaker (MCCB) shall also be accepted as an
alternative for AC circuit only.
4.21.03 Bus-wires of adequate capacity shall be provided to distribute the incoming

supplies to different cubicles. Isolating switch fuse units / MCCB shall be
provided at each cubicle for A.C/D.C. supplies.
4.21.04 A.C. load shall be so distributed as to present a balance loading on three-

phase supply system.

4.22.01 All equipment, accessories and wiring shall have fungus protection, involving
special treatment of insulation and metal against fungus, insects & corrosion.
4.22.02 Screens of corrosion resistant material shall be furnished on all ventilating

louvers to prevent the entrance of insects.
4.23.00 Painting
4.23.01 All surfaces shall be sand blasted, pickled and grounded as required to
produce a smooth, clean surface free of scale, grease and rust.
4.23.02 After cleaning, the surfaces shall be given a phosphate coating followed by 2
coats of high quality primer and stoved after each coat.
4.23.03 The switchgear shall be finished in light gray color (RAL7032)with two coats
of powder paint. The coating shall be done electro statically followed by
stoving.
4.23.04 Sufficient quantity of touch-up paint shall be furnished for application at site.
4.24.00 Auto Bus Transfer (ABT) panel
An automatic 32 bit or higher micro processor based real time operated fast
backed up by slow transfer scheme shall be provided for change over
between unit to station sources (11KV). All hardwares pertaining to above
transfers shall be mounted in Auto Bus transfer (ABT) panel. The bus transfer
module shall have features such as graphical user interface, virtual test
simulation, object oriented programming, on line viewing, sequence of event
logging, self diagnostic features and communication port for remote
communication. The ABT panel shall be indoor, simplex type construction,
vertical free standing, floor mounted type, metal clad suitable for installation at
50 degree centigrade ambient. Panel enclosure shall be fabricated from 2 mm
thick sheet steel and the same shall be IP 52 protected. Detail write up on
BTS shall be as per annexure. All 11 & 3.3KV boards (other than 11KV
Unit/Standby boards) shall have Auto (slow changeover) as well as Manual
changeover facility
4.25.00 Accessories
Following accessories shall be furnished along with the Switchgear :
a) Earthing equipment suitable for earthing the bus.
b) Earthing equipment suitable for earthing the outgoing cable.
5.00.00 TESTS
5.01.00 The switchgear shall be completely assembled, wired, adjusted and tested at
the factory as per the relevant standards of IS & IEC.

The tests shall include but not necessarily limited to the following :
a) Operation under simulated service condition to ensure accuracy of

wiring, correctness of control scheme & proper functioning of the
equipment.
b) All wiring and current carrying part shall be given appropriate High
Voltage test.
c) Primary current and voltage shall be applied to all instrument

transformers.
d) Routine test shall be carried out on all equipment such as circuit

breakers, instrument transformers, relays, meters etc. as per relevant
standard.
5.03.00 Type Test
Following minimum tests shall be performed on a typical section of the bus

assembly:
a. Impulse Test
b. Temperature rise Test
c. Short circuit Test
d. STC
e. Switching Over Voltage Test
f. Mechanical Endurance Test
g. Degree of Enclosure Protection
h. Pressure relief device operation test
All tests shall be performed in presence of Owner / Purchaser's

representatives, if so desired by the Owner / Purchaser. The Contractor shall
give at least fifteen (15) days advance notice of the date when tests are to be
carried out.
5.05.00 Test Certificate
5.05.01 Certified reports of all the tests carried out at the works shall be furnished in
six (6) copies for approval of the Owner / Purchaser.
5.05.02 The equipment shall be dispatched from works only after receipt of Owner /
Purchaser's written approval of the test reports.
5.05.03 Type test certificate on any equipment, if so desired by the Owner /

Purchaser, shall be furnished. Otherwise the equipment shall have to be type

tested, free of charge, to prove the design.
6.00.00 SPECIAL TOOLS & TACKLES
6.01.00 A set of special tools & tackle which are necessary or convenient for erection,
commissioning, maintenance and overhauling of the equipment shall be
supplied.
6.02.00 The tools shall be shipped in separate containers, clearly marked with the
name of the equipment for which they are intended.
7.01.00 Drawings, Data and Manuals shall be submitted with the bid and in quantities
and procedures as specified in General Conditions on Contract and / or
elsewhere in this specification for approval and subsequent distribution after
the issue of Letter of Intent.
7.02.00 To be submitted with the Bid
7.02.01 Typical general arrangement drawing of the equipment and foundation plan.
7.02.02 Bill of material
7.02.03 Proposal sheets duly filled in.
7.02.04 Type test certificate of the offered model of the circuit breaker and
switchboard for the specified type tests. The type test certificates shall not be
more than 5 years old.
7.02.05 Leaflets on equipment and other accessories explaining their constructional

det6ails, principle of operation, special features etc.
7.03.00 To be submitted for Owner / Purchaser’s Approval and Distribution
(A) : ‘Approval Category’
(R) : ‘Reference Category’
7.03.01 Guaranteed Technical Particulars (A) and Quality assurance plan (A)
7.03.02 Dimensional general arrangement drawing showing disposition of various

fittings, (A)
7.03.03 Bill of material (A)
7.03.04 Foundation plan and loading (A)
7.03.05 Control schematic (A) and wiring diagrams (A)
7.03.06 Instruction manuals on circuit breakers and its accessories (R)
The manual shall clearly indicate method of installation, check ups and tests

to be carried out before commissioning of the equipment.
7.04.00 The drawings and document marked with (A) above are of ‘Approval’
category and are subject to review by Owner / Purchaser. Those marked (R)
are for ‘reference’ category.
The Owner / Purchaser may also review the documents marked (R) if found
documents by the Owner / Purchaser does not relieve him of his contractual
obligation.
7.05.00 All drawings shall be prepared by using Auto CAD, approved version and
documents shall be generated using MS Office. The soft copy and paper copy
of the drawings & document shall be submitted for approval & reference. All
final drawings and documents shall be submitted in CD in Auto CAD

(approved version) and MS office format as applicable for Owner /
Purchaser’s future reference.

ANNEXURE-A
RATINGS AND REQUIREMENTS
1.0 SWITCHGEAR 11 KV 3.3 KV
1.1 General
Type : -----Metal-clad, draw out-----
Service : ------------Indoor----------------
Enclosure : ------------IP – 4X----------------
1.2 System
Rated Voltage KV rms : 11000± 10% 3300± 10%
Phase : --------------Three----------------
Rated Frequency : ----------50 Hz ± 5%-----------
System grounding : Non effectively earthed though

resistance . Earth fault current
limited to 300A for 10 sec.
1.3 Design ambient temperature : ---------------50oC-----------------
1.4 Rated Current inside the cubicle

and at design ambient
temperature of 50oC :
Bus bar : To be decided by the bidder
Circuit breaker : To be decided by the bidder
1.5 Short Circuit Rating
Rated short time withstand current : -----44KA----- ----40KA-----
Duration : --------------- 3 Sec.---------------
Rated peak withstand current : : ------112KA ----- ----100KA-----
1.6 Insulation level :
Rated lightning impulse withstand : 75KV ( peak) 40KV(peak)

voltage

ANNEXURE-A
Rated one minute power frequency : 28KV ( r.m.s) 10KV( r.m.s)

withstand voltage
1.7 AC/DC Power Supply
Control voltage : ----220 V DC (190V - 240 V)----
Service voltage : 240V ± 10%, 1 Ph, 50 Hz ± 5%
2.0 CIRCUIT BREAKER
2.1 Duty Cycle : -------0 - 3' - CO - 3' – CO--------
2.2 Breaking Current
A.C. Symmetrical : ------44 KA -- --40KA----------
A.C. Asymmetrical : -----------As per IEC-----------
2.3 Making Current : -2.5X44KA p- ---2.5X40KA p--
2.4 Operation Time
Opening time (ms) : -----------Not more than 60 ---------
Closing time (ms) : -----------Not more than 100--------
2.5 Auxiliary Voltage
Closing : -----220 V D.C. (85% - 110%)-----
Tripping : -------220 V D.C. (70% - 110%)-----
Spring Charging : -----220 V D.C. (85% - 110%)------

ANNEXURE-B
PROTECTIONS
1.0 Minimum protections to be provided for different type of circuits are listed below -
A. Incomer: a IDMTL Over current (50 / 51) shall be with timer
b. IDMTL Over current (50N / 51N) shall be with timer
c. IDMTL over current (51SN) for stand by earth fault (for

incomer from transformer only).
.
d. Restricted E/F (64) (for incomer from transformer only)
e. Under voltage with time delay (27)
f. VT fuse failure
g. Circuit breaker failure
B. Tie : a. IDMTL Over current (50 / 51) shall be with timer

feeder
b. IDMTL Over current (50N / 51N) shall be with timer
c. Under voltage with time delay (27)

.
d. VT fuse failure
e. Circuit breaker failure
f. Synchronizing check relay, if applicable, complete with

guard relay and hard wires.
C. Motor : a. Thermal overload (49)

feeder
b. Phase fault (50)
c.Unbalance(-Ve seq.) (46)
d. Locked rotor (50 LR) (ref. note 6)
e. Definite time O/C (50G) for earth fault (through CBCT)
f. Differential (87) protection for motor above 1000 KW rating.
g. Circuit breaker failure
h. Winding temperature

ANNEXURE-B
i. Bearing temperature
D. Auxiliary : a. IDMTL over current (50/51) with high set instantaneous units
Transformer for phase faults (Oil & Dry type transformer)
b. Definite time O/C (50G) with timer for earth fault (through
CBCT) (Oil & Dry type transformer)
c. Differential protection (for transformers rated 5MVA and above)
d. Gas pressure alarm and trip. (Oil type transformer)
e. Winding temperature alarm and trip. (Oil type transformer)
f. Oil temperature alarm and trip. (Oil type transformer)
g. Pressure relief device operated alarm. (Oil type transformer)
h. Conservator oil level low alarm. (Oil type transformer)
i. Circuit breaker failure.
E. Outgoing : a. IDMTL over current (50/51) shall be with Timer.

feeder
b. IDMTL over current (50N/51N) shall be with Timer.
c. Circuit breaker failure.
F. Bus-coupler : a. IDMTL over current (50/51) shall be with Timer.
b. IDMTL over current (50N/51N) shall be with Timer.
c. Circuit breaker failure.
d. Partial differential scheme shall be provided, wherever

applicable.
2.0 In case any trip function is not available in a single relay, separate numerical
relays shall be provided to achieve the requirement.
3.0 All protective relays shall be provided with self reset type of contacts.
4.0 Apart from protection relays, each breaker shall be provided with separate
discrete auxiliary relays for anti-pumping (94), trip annunciation (30), trip
supervision (74), electrically reset type breaker contact multiplication (52X)
relay and lockout (86) functions. Lockout relay shall be hand reset type. For
multifunction relays however, trip circuit supervision function as an integral
feature of the relay is acceptable. Individual trip circuit supervision function
shall be provided with respect to each trip coil of circuit breaker.

ANNEXURE-B
5.0 Numerical under voltage relays (27) with time delay relay including VT fuse
failure relay shall be provided for Bus VTs.
6.0 IDMTL relay version shall be decided as per system requirement and the same
shall be finalized during detail engineering.
7.0 Zero-sequence CT and associated relay combination shall be such as to

ensure a pick-up sensitivity of 10A primary ground fault current.
8.0 Separate locked rotor protection relay (50 LR) with auxiliary relay (50 LRX)
shall be furnished, if required.

ANNEXURE-C
WRITE-UP ON BUS TRANSFER SCHEME
Brief specifications of Microprocessor Based Numerical Fast Bus Transfer

System (BTS)
Microprocessor Based Fast Bus Transfer System (BTS) shall be provided for
11KV Unit and Station Switchboards for Incomers and TIE Breakers changeover
Bus Transfer System Requirements:

The Bus Transfer System shall be designed to provide process continuity to
the loads attached to the motor or other auxiliaries, while transferring the bus
fromone sou rce to anothe r. The aim of th e BTS sho uld be to p rovide h ealthy supp ly
to t he aux iliaries on the unit b us at all times without subje cting them to abno rmal
conditions that leads to their failure. In the event of planned or contingent transfer
condition, th e BTS shall transfer the auxi liaries to an alter nate healthy supp ly, if
available , in a fast saf e manner.
The BTS s hall monito r and prevent paralleli ng of two sources and sh all
bedesigne d to be co m plete l y aut omati c, self- chec king and bu ilt in o nlin e test ing
mode to ensure h ighest degree of re liabi lity. Th e online test mode should test the
entire BTS scheme operation including tripping/closing contacts without actually
operating the breakers. The test should automa tic override facility incase of
occurrence of Pr otecti ve /Auto Transfer.
The BTS shall have BTS IN/O UT f acility from its front pane l. The tripping and
closing contacts of the BTS shall be connected to the switchgear circuits only when
BTS is in IN condition. The closing circuits of the switchgear shall be provided with
DC supply from BTS when BTS is in IN condition, and from the switchgear itself
when BTS is in OUT condition. The provision shall be made that, the DC supply of
the BTS is off, then BTS shall be in OUT condition irrespective of selection.
Transfer Direction: The BTS shall be capable of selecting all possible and
appropriate bus transfer directions based on the existing status of the concerned
switchgear.
Transfer Initiation: Bus transfer Initiation should be possible by following means:
Manual Transfer: Used for planned transfer during normal operations of the
plant. This transfer shall be initiated from the front of the panel and shall be user
friendly. Manual Transfer shall be possible through remote communication
via the communication port.
Protective transfer: The protective transfer shall be initiated automatically through
operation of protective master trip relay in specified viable transfer directions.
Auto Transfer: The auto transfer shall be capable of intelligent auto

transfers based on system healthiness monitoring algorithms performing
analysis of bus-undervo ltage, bus under- frequency and bus |df/dt| in specified
viable transfer dir ections.

ANNEXURE-C
Transfer mo de: The BT S should hav e following transfer m odes:

‰Fa st Trans fer: The bus volta ge and incoming s ource voltage should be
mo nitored on a continuous basis for magnitude and phase angle to ensure
that transfer operation is carried out under conditions conducive to fast bus
transfer as per high speed sync-check supervision and ANSI C50.41 (1982) criterion.
‰ In phase Transfer: The breaker power contacts shall close when the
decaying and drifting bus voltage synchronizes with the incoming source voltage on
the completion of first slip cycle within acceptable voltage and frequency parameters.
The Bus transfer shall continuously process the bus voltage and the drifting phase
angle dynamics to determine using intelligent real time second order predictive
algorithm, the exact moment of sending a command to the breaker-closing coil to
achieve the above.
‰ Slow Transfer: The breaker power contacts shall close when the failing bus
voltage shall reach an acceptable safe value. The auxiliary drives are selectively
tripped simultaneously to limit the transformer inrush current.
‰ Momentary Paralleling Transfer: This is a “Make before Break” transfer for
a very short duration of the order of few cycles where, under supervision of the bus
voltage and incoming source voltage for magnitude and phase angle, the new source
breaker is closed before opening the old source breaker. This mode is however not
recommended from the system safety considerations due to high fault levels above
withstand ratings.
Transfer Readiness and BTS blocking: This BTS shall perform several integrated
system interlock checks to determine system readiness by continuously monitoring
schemes IN/OUT selection, breaker in service, breaker status NO/NC contact
integrity, master trip relay lockout condition, trip/close coil healthiness and breaker
configuration with NO/NC consistently checks, PT in service and PT fuse failure
condition, and new source voltage healthiness. Further, the BTS shall be blocked on
occurrence of self-test failure, breaker failure transfer failure or occurrence of a
protective/auto transfer in order to demand operator attention. An operator reset shall
be required to reset the blocked condition. The BTS shall have intelligent breaker
failure detection and corrective action. The system quantities like phase difference
between bus voltage and new source, magnitude of vectorial difference between bus
voltage and new source, voltage magnitudes frequency all at the instant of closing of
new source breaker and breaker closing and tripping timings shall be recorded for
every event and displayed on the HMI.
Transfer Implementation, Operation, Observation and Analysis: The system

should be based on a platform of 32 bit or higher order capability with Real Time
Operating System (RTOS). It should have a graphical user interface for modular
object oriented programming based scheme implementation, with independent
software based programmable settings for various features and transfer modes. It
should have a rich and powerful Human Machine Interface (HMI), and include
software tools for online viewing, transfer event recording and replay, application
diagram, oscillography, sequence of event recording, data profiling, and virtual test
simulation. The BTS shall be equipped with sufficient outputs for annunciation of key
conditions to central consoles.
Experience Criterion: Product offered against this specification should be proven

ANNEXURE-C
having atleast 25 Nos. Bus Transfer systems of identical make and type in Thermal
Power Station of 210 MW capacity or above in India. Vendor/sun-vendor to also
submit performance certificate issued by appropriate authority of end customer for
successful operation for a minimum period of 3 years after commissioning for atleast
4 thermal power generation units.

VOLUME : IIF/1
SECTION-VI
FOR
3.3 KV & 11 KV SEGREGATED PHASE BUS DUCT
CONTENT
1.00.00 SCOPE OF SUPPLY V.II-F1/S-VI : 1
2.00.00 CODES & STANDARDS V.II-F1/S-VI : 2
3.00.00 DESIGN CRITERIA V.II-F1/S-VI : 3
4.00.00 SPECIFIC REQUIREMENTS V.II-F1/S-VI : 4
5.00.00 TESTS V.II-F1/S-VI : 8
6.00.00 DRAWINGS DATA & MANUALS V.II-F1/S-VI : 9
ATTACHMENT
ANNEXURE-A RATINGS AND REQUIREMENTS V.II-F1/S-VI : 11

CONTENT DCPL-11Z02

VOLUME : IIF/1
SECTION-VI
TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATION
FOR
3.3 KV & 11 KV SEGREGATED PHASE BUS DUCT
1.01.01 3.3kV &11kV Bus duct and associated equipment with all necessary accessories
for connection between equipment as listed below :
A. 11 KV BUSDUCT
1) Unit Transf. #1BAT01 and Unit SWGR # 1BA : One (1) set
2) Unit Transf. #1BBT01 and Unit SWGR # 1BB : One (1) set
3) Unit Transf. #2BAT01 and Unit SWGR # 2BA : One (1) set
4) Unit Transf. #2BBT01 and Unit SWGR # 2BB : One (1) set
5) Standby Transf. #OBAT01 and Station. SWGR #0BA : One (1) set
6) Unit SWGR #1BA and Station Switchgear # 0BA : One (1) set
7) Unit SWGR #1BB and Station Switchgear # 0BA : One (1) set
8) Unit SWGR #2BA and Station Switchgear # 0BA : One (1) set
9) Unit SWGR #2BB and Station Switchgear # 0BA : One (1) set
B. 3.3 KV BUSDUCT
1) Unit Aux. Transf. # 1CAT01 and 3.3 kV Unit

Aux SWGR # 1CA :
One (1) set
2) Unit Aux. Transf. #1CAT02 and 3.3 kV Unit

Aux SWGR #1CA : One (1) set
3) Unit Aux. Transf. # 2CAT01 and 3.3 kV Unit

Aux SWGR # 2CA : One (1) set

VOL.II‐F1/SEC‐VI : 1 DCPL-11Z02

4) Unit Aux. Transf. #2CAT02 and 3.3 kV Unit
Aux SWGR #2CA
: One (1) set
The above indicated list is a tentative requirement. However final requirement

shall be as per the approved SLD.
Each set of Bus duct shall consist of the followings:
1.01.02 Necessary segregated phase terminal adopter boxes with all necessary
accessories for connection to Switchgear Incomer panel and for termination on
the Unit/Station transformer.
1.01.03 All supporting steel structures, fasteners and necessary hardware for complete
bus-duct installation.
1.01.04 One set of space heater panel (wall mounted type) for supplying power to all
internally mounted space heaters of each Bus-duct.
1.01.05 Mandatory spares
1.01.06 All relevant drawings, data and installation manuals.
amendments of relevant Indian Standards (IS) and IEC, except where modified
and/or supplemented by this specification.
2.02.00 Equipment and material conforming to any other standard, which ensures
Rules as amended up to date and relevant IS Code of Practice. In addition,
2.04.00 All works shall be carried out as per the following standards and codes.
IS:226 Structural steel (Standard quality)
Specification for wrought aluminum and aluminum alloys, sheet and strip
IS:737
(for engineering purpose).
Code of practice for use of structural steel in general building

IS:800
construction.

IS:1367
Hot dip galvanised coatings on threaded fasteners.
PART-13
IS:2099 Bushing for A.C. voltage above 1000 volts.
IS:13947
Low voltage switchgear & control gear
PART-1
Porcelain post Insulators for system with normal voltage greater than
IS:2544
1000 volts.
IS:2633 Methods of testing uniformity of coating on zinc coated articles
IS:4759 Hoot dip zinc coating on structural steel and allied products.
Specification for wrought Aluminum alloys bars, rods, tubes and sections
IS:5082
for electrical purposes.
IS:8084
Interconnecting bus bars for A.C. voltage above 1KV upto and including
Updated
36KV.
upto:1992
ANSI C37:20 Switchgear Assemblies including Metal enclosed Bus.
3.01.00 The segregated phase duct will serve as interconnection between the MV.
Indoor Switchgear and outdoor transformer terminals as well as between
Switchgears as listed elsewhere in the specification.
3.02.00 The bus ducts will be installed partially indoor and partially outdoor in a hot,
humid and tropical atmosphere. All panels associated with bus ducts will be
located indoor.
3.03.00 Bus duct, associated equipment and wiring shall be provided with tropical finish
to prevent fungus growth. All ventilation openings shall be screened and drains
shall be filtered to prevent entrance of dust and insects
3.04.00 The portion of bus duct at the transformer end will be subject to vibration
normally prevalent for this type of installation in a power generating station.
Suitable means shall be provided to isolate the transformer vibration from rest
of the bus structure/bus duct.
3.05.00 For continuous operation at specified ratings, temperature rise of the bus duct
and auxiliary equipment shall be limited to the site permissible values stipulated
in annexure to this specification.
3.06.00 Bus duct and auxiliary equipment shall be capable of withstanding the
mechanical forces and thermal stresses of the short-circuit currents listed in the
annexure without any damage or deterioration of material. Bus conductor

support insulator span shall be chosen considering minimum safety of 2.5 for
cantilever strength under short circuit condition.
3.07.00 The bus ducts and supporting structures shall be designed & constructed so as
to withstand without damage the horizontal/ vertical ground accelerations due to
earthquake.
3.08.00 The bus ducts shall be self cooled and shall not be equipped with blower or any
other type of forced ventilation.
3.09.00 Bus-duct enclosure for bus conductor shall be Aluminium alloy.The barrier
between phase to phase shall be made of Al- alloy with 3mm thickness.
3.10.00 The equipment rating shall be based on an ambient temperature of 50°C. For
the portion of the bus-duct installed outdoor and exposed to direct sun-rays, the
effect of solar heat shall be considered in the determination of the design
ambient temperature. In addition, the outdoor section shall withstand the wind
loading as indicated elsewhere in the bid document of Main Plant Package.
Detail calculation of bus bar sizing considering the voltage drop, operating
temperature, short-circuit stress, power loss etc, need to be submitted.
4.01.00 General
4.01.01 The bus duct shall be segregated phase, enclosure natural air cooled type.
4.01.02 All parts and accessories shall have appropriate match mark and part numbers
for easy identification and installation at site.
4.02.00 Enclosures
4.02.01 Phases shall be enclosed in a weather-proof, dust-tight, non-magnetic metal

(aluminium alloy) enclosure for bus conductor.
The minimum enclosure thickness shall be 3mm. The degree of protection of

the enclosure shall meet the requirement of Appendix-F of IS-8084.
4.02.02 Circumferential neoprene rubber gaskets shall be provided for dust tight joints
with adjacent enclosure sections.
4.02.03 The bus enclosure shall have extended bellows or equivalent means to allow
for temperature changes and vibrations. Flexible joints shall be provided in
enclosures at all points where the bus duct terminates at equipment to
withstand vibration, expansion/ contraction and at suitable intervals in any
straight run of the bus duct where expansion and contraction would otherwise
result in stresses in the supporting structures.
4.02.04 All outdoor bus-enclosures shall be so designed & constructed as to prevent

accumulation of rain water on top sheet. Similarly all gasketed-flanged joints
shall be suitably protected against direct splashing of rainwater in case of
outdoor runs.

4.02.05 Suitable inspection openings shall be provided for access to support insulators,
bus joints, transformer terminals, switch gear terminals etc. All inspection
openings shall have reliable sealing arrangement with neoprene gaskets.
4.02.06 Epoxy resin cast seal-off bushings complete with wall-frame and support plates
shall be provided where the bus duct penetrates the building wall. The seal is to
prevent free exchange of air between indoor and outdoor portions of the bus
duct.
4.02.07 Silica-gel breather shall be provided on both indoor and outdoor portions of the
bus duct.
4.02.08 Filtered drains for drainage of condensate shall be provided at the lowest points
and at such locations where accumulation of condensate can be expected.
4.02.09 Shipping length of the bus duct shall be not more than three (3) metres in
length. Each shipping section shall have at least two (2) supports both for
conductor in each phase and enclosure.
4.02.10 Suitable blanked flanges with cover shall be provided on the enclosure of the
busduct (indoor and outdoor) to allow connection of hot air duct of hot air
blowing necessary to improve insulation level after long shut down etc.
4.02.11 Phase segregation barrier shall be of aluminium alloy having a minimum

thickness of 3mm. The barrier shall be welded to the enclosure.
4.03.00 Bus Conductor
4.03.01 The bus conductor shall be of high conductivity, aluminium alloy, supported on
wet process porcelain insulators.
4.03.02 The bus conductor shall be designed for bolted connections throughout the run.
4.03.03 Aluminium flexible connections shall be provided between bus sections to allow
for expansion and contraction of the conductor. Flexible connection shall also
be provided at all equipment terminations.
4.03.04 All contact surfaces shall be silver plated to ensure an efficient and trouble-free
connection. All connection hardware shall be non-magnetic and shall have high
corrosion resistance.
4.03.05 All bolted joints shall be provided with high grade stainless steel nuts bolts plain
and belle-ville washers.
4.04.00 Insulators
4.04.01 Bus support insulators shall be interchangeable, high creep, high strength, wet
processed, and fine glazed porcelain. Alternatively good equality cast resin
insulators may be offered.
4.04.02 Insulator shall be mounted in such a way so as to permit easy removal or

replacement without disassembly of the bus. The insulator mounting plate shall
be designed for cantilever loading to withstand the short circuit force. Support
span shall be taken into consideration.

4.04.03 The conductor shall be fastened on the insulator through fixed and slip joints so
as to allow conductor expansion or contraction without straining the insulator.
4.04.04 Suitable space heater shall be provided preferably located near to each
insulator to avoid moisture condensation within bus-duct. No. and Wattage
rating of space heater shall be decided by the Tenderer.
4.05.00 Connections & Terminations
4.06.01 All matching flanges, seal-off bushings, gaskets, fittings, hardware and supports
required for termination of the bus duct at the switchgears, transformers and
other equipment shall be furnished.
4.05.02 In this connection the contractor is required to co-ordinate with the Unit/Station
Switchgear, Unit/Station transformers with regard to connection details,
mechanical and thermal stresses.
4.05.03 Flexible connection both for conductor and enclosure shall be furnished :
a) At all equipment termination to provide for misalignment up to 25 mm.

(1") in all directions.
b) Between the bus duct portions supported from building steel to prevent
transmission of vibration.
4.05.04 The equipment terminal connections shall be readily accessible and shall
provide sufficient air gap for safe isolation of equipment during testing.
4.05.05 If the material of bus conductor and that of the equipment terminal connectors
are different then suitable bi-metallic connectors shall be furnished.
4.06.00 Grounding
4.06.01 A separately run 50 x 6 mm G. S. flat suitably clamped along the enclosure

shall be used as the ground bus. All parts of the bus enclosure, supporting
structures and equipment frames shall be bonded to above ground bus.
4.06.02 Ground pad shall be bolted type to accommodate 50 x 6 mm.. galvanized steel
flats. Complete with suitable tapped holes, bolts and washers.
4.07.01 All supporting structures required for hanging and/or supporting the complete
bus duct shall be furnished. These include all members, indoor/outdoor posts,
bolts, shims, base plates, beams, hangers, brackets, bracings and hardware.
4.07.02 All buses shall be adequately supported and braced to successfully withstand
normal operation, vibration, thermal expansion, short circuit forces and all
specified design loads.
4.07.03 Support shall be designed to provide tolerance of ± 12 mm. (1/2") in the

horizontal and vertical directions.
4.07.04 All steel members shall be hot-dip galvanised after fabrication. All hardware

shall be of high strength steel with weather resistant finish.
4.07.05 Concrete foundation, building steel, concrete, inserts/plates and all other
materials necessary will be provided by Bidder.
4.08.00 Wiring
4.08.01 All wiring for space heaters shall be done with insulated stranded copper
conductor of not less than 2.5 Sq.mm cross-section. Each wire shall be
identified at both ends with wire designation as per contractor's wiring diagram
and shall be brought out to a terminal box outside the bus duct.
4.08.02 Terminal blocks shall be box-clamp type, minimum 10 Sq.mm with marking
strips or approved equal.
4.08.03 At least 20% spare terminals shall be furnished in the terminal block. Not more
than two wires shall be connected to one terminal.
4.09.00 Name Plate
4.09.01 Suitable nameplate shall be furnished with each piece of equipment.
4.09.02 Materials for nameplate shall be Anodized Aluminium, 3 mm thick, using white
letters on black background.
4.10.00 Portable Hot Air Blowing Equipment
4.10.01 Portable hot air blowing equipment mounted on a steel carriage (trolley) for
easy movement shall be provided. Hot air blowing system shall be complete
with blower, fan, electric heater, starter, MCCB’s, main incoming MCCB’s with
flexible cables and plugs etc. for connection to power receptacle.
4.10.02 The capacity of Hot Air Blowing system shall be such that dry out of complete
bus duct is possible within four (4) hours. During hot air blowing the bus duct
enclosure temperature shall not exceed 70°C.
OR ,
Space Heater
4.10.01 The bus duct shall be provide with adequate number of thermostatically
controlled space heaters of suitable capacity to maintain the internal
temperature above the dew point to prevent moisture condensation within the
bus duct.
4.10.02 Space heaters with thermostat shall be rated for 240 volts single phase 50 Hz
and shall be contactor controlled automatic switching through thermostat.
4.10.03 Space heater and thermostat shall wire up to terminals in suitably located
terminal boxes for external cable connections. The wiring inside the bus duct
shall be done with high temperature resistant cable suitable for the bus
maximum temperature specified. The conductor shall be stranded copper of
minimum size of 2.5 sq. mm. A separate ON-OFF switch with contactor shall be
provided for controlling the space heated in a marshalling box located at
convenient height adjacent to the bus duct.

4.11.00 Finish
4.11.01 Except for supporting steel structures, which shall be galvanised, all equipment
shall be finished with an undercoat of high quality primer followed by two coats
of synthetic enamel paints unless otherwise epoxy paints as specifically
required.
4.11.02 The interior surface finish shall be as per manufacturer's standard. The shade
of exterior surface finish shall be light grey shade number #631 for indoor and
battle ship grey shade number #632 outdoor unless otherwise stated.
4.11.03 Pretreatment consisting of degreasing, derusting etc. shall be done on all

fabricated parts before painting or galvanising.
4.11.04 Paints shall be carefully selected to withstand heat and weather conditions. The
paint shall not scale-off or crinkle or get removed by abrasion due to normal
handling.
4.11.05 Sufficient quantities of all paints and preservatives required for touching up at
sites shall be furnished.
5.00.00 TESTS
Bus Duct shall be subjected to the following tests :

b) Dry power frequency voltage withstand for 1-minute.
c) Milli-volt drop test.
d) Water tightness test.
e) Air pressure test
5.02.00 Type Test
The following type tests shall be performed on a representative section of

segregated phase bus duct, even if type test certificates of these tests are
submitted by the successful Bidder for purchaser's approval:
a) Impulse test on typical section including one bend
b) Temperature rise test
c) Degree of Protection : Air leakage and water tightness test
d) Short circuit mechanical strength and thermal withstand test on the

representative section of three phase bus duct including one bend. The
section shall be of longest span between support insulators with CT
mounted in position.
e) Test on completion of erection at site:

i)Power frequency voltage withstand test as per relevant IS
ii) Water tightness test
f) Insulation resistance test for enclosure circuit
a) All component parts and auxiliary equipment such as space heater,

insulator etc. shall be routine tested as per relevant Indian Standards.
b) All cubicles shall be completely wired up at the factory and subject to

wiring check and power frequencies withstand tests on
control/secondary wiring.
5.04.01 Type test certificate on any equipment, if so desired by the Owner, shall be
furnished. Otherwise the equipment shall have to be type tested, free of charge,
to prove the design.
6.01.00 To be Submitted with the Bid
6.01.01 General Arrangement Drawing - Plan and Sections.
6.01.02 Typical details of space heater cubicles, bus-insulator assembly, conductor/

enclosure connections rigid & flexible, seal-off bushings, connections with
switchgear and transformer terminals etc.
6.01.03 Bill of Materials.
6.01.04 Technical leaflets/Write-ups on various pieces of equipment offered.
6.01.05 Calculation for temperature rise for bus and enclosure as per IEEE No. 298.
6.01.06 Calculation for short circuit forces justifying the proposed arrangement.
6.01.07 Type test reports on similar equipment.
6.01.08 Bus duct layout - plan and sections.
6.02.00 To be Submitted after Award of Contract
6.02.01 Dimensional general arrangement drawings with cross-sections of Bus Duct

layout, space heater cubicles.
6.02.02 Detailed material list with parts number.
6.02.03 Typical details of bus-insulator assembly, space heater mounting, rigid and
flexible connections of both bus conductor and enclosure, grounding provision,
seal-off bushings, equipment termination arrangement etc.

6.02.04 Foundation Plan and loading.
6.02.05 Supporting steel structure details with backup calculations and structural layout
- plan and section.
6.02.06 Bus duct layout - plan and sections.
6.02.07 Test reports on representative section of bus duct.
6.02.08 Instruction manual for Bus Duct and associated equipment.
The manual shall clearly indicate the installation methods, check-ups and tests
write-ups, S i z i n g C a l c u l a ti o n s , curves and information required to fully
describe the equipment are submitted with his bid.
The sizing criteria shall also include voltage drop, operating temperature, short
circuit stress, power loss etc.

ANNEXURE-A
1.0 EQUIPMENT : 3.3 KV SEGREGATED PHASE BUSDUCT
1.1 System nominal voltage : 3.3 KV
1.2 System maximum voltage : 3.6 KV
1.4 Frequency : 50 Hz
1.5 Neutral Grounding : Non effectively grounded through

resistance. Ground fault current
limited to 300 A for 10 secs.
1.6 Insulation Level
a) 1-min. dry power

frequency withstand : 10 KV

c) Impulse withstand : 40 KV peak.
1.7 Short Circuit Level Symmetrical Momentary

KA r.m.s KA peak
: 40 100
1.8 Service Voltage
Space heating, cubicle

lighting etc. : 240V ±10%, 1ph, 50 Hz ±5% 2 wire

ANNEXURE-A
2.0 EQUIPMENT: 11 KV SEGREGATED PHASE BUSDUCT
2.1 System nominal voltage : 11 KV
2.2 System maximum voltage : 12 KV
2.4 Frequency : 50 Hz
2.5 Neutral Grounding : Non effectively grounded through

resistance. Ground fault current
limited to 300 A for 10 secs.
2.6 Insulation Level
a) 1-min. dry power


c) Impulse withstand : 75 KV peak.
2.7 Short Circuit Level Symmetrical Momentary

KA r.m.s KA peak
: 44 2.54*44
2.8 Service Voltage
Space heating, cubicle

lighting etc. : 240V ±10%, 1ph, 50 Hz ±5% 2 wire.

ANNEXURE-A
3.0 GENERAL FOR ALL SEGREGATED PHASE BUS DUCT
3.1 Type : Segregated phase self cooled.
3.2 Service Indoor/Outdoor :
3.3 Rated Continuous Current
Main Run : To be decided by the Bidder.

Ratings of bus duct shall not be
less than as indicated in the
drawing No. CPCPL-11Z02-
DWG-E-241.
3.4 Rated hottest-spot

temperature rise
(Over 50oC ambient)
a) Bus conductor :
Bolted Joints (Plain or tinned) 40 OC
Bolted Joints (silver plated) 55 OC
b) Bus enclosure & support structure:

30 OC
3.5 Material
a) Bus conductor : Al-alloy grade 63401 (WP type)

55% IACS
b) Bus enclosure : Al-alloy grade 19501 60% IACS

or Steel
IACS - International Annealed

Copper Standard


VOLUME : IIF/1
SECTION-VII
FOR
415 V PCC/PMCC/MCC, 415 V AC AND
220 V DC DB/SVB/FB, 220 V DC STARTER, AND
415 V NON-SEGREGATED PHASE BUSDUCT
CONTENT
1.00.00 SCOPE OF SUPPLY V.II-F1/S-VII : 1
2.00.00 GENERAL NOTES V.II-F1/S-VII : 2
3.00.00 CODES AND STANDARDS V.II-F1/S-VII : 3
4.00.00 SYSTEM CONCEPT AND

DESIGN CRITERIA V.II-F1/S-VII : 4
5.00.00 SPECIFIC REQUIREMENTS V.II-F1/S-VII : 6
6.00.00 TESTS V.II-F1/S-VII : 23
7.00.00 MISCELLANEOUS CONTROL PANELS

AND ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENTS V.II-F1/S-VII : 24
8.00.00 DRAWINGS, DATA AND MANUALS V.II-F1/S-VII : 26
ATTACHMENTS
ANNEXURE-A RATINGS AND REQUIREMENTS V.II-F1/S-VII : 28
ANNEXURE-B PROTECTIONS V.II-F1/S-VII : 30
ANNEXURE-C 415V NON-SEGREGATED PHASE BUSDUCT V.II-F1/S-VII : 32
ANNEXURE-D RATINGS AND REQUIREMENTS FOR 415 V

NON-SEGREGATED PHASE BUSDUCT V.II-F1/S-VII : 37
ANNEXURE-E LIST OF 415V PCCs/PMCCs/ MCCs/ DBs/

SVBs/FBs/DC STARTERs V.II-F1/S-VII : 38


VOLUME : IIF/1
SECTION-VII
FOR
415 V PCC/PMCC/MCC, 415V AC AND
220V DC DB/SVB/FB, 220V DC STARTER,
AND 415 V NON-SEGREGATED PHASE BUSDUCT
1.01.00 The following equipment shall be furnished complete with all accessories :
a) 415V Power Control Centers
b) 415V Motor Control Centers
c) 415V Power-cum-Motor Control Centers
d) 415V Distribution Boards and Fuse Boards
e) Solenoid valve boards
f) DC starters
g) 415V Non-segregated phase busduct
A list of various 415V boards that have been envisaged to be supplied under
the main plant package is given in Annexure - E. This list is only for general
guidance of the Tenderers and the exact numbers shall be finalised by them.
1.02.00 Base channel frame of all boards along with necessary mounting hardware.
1.03.00 Set of accessories as listed below :
a) Breaker lifting and handling trolley
b) Test cabinet with coupling cables for testing

the breaker in drawout position :
c) Racking in/out handle for breakers :
d) Racking in/out handle for drawout MCC

modules :
1.04.00 Mandatory spares

VOL.II‐F1/SEC‐VII : 1 DCPL-11Z02
2.00.00 GENERAL NOTES
In the context of the specification, the following definitions shall apply.
2.01.00 POWER CONTROL CENTER, hereinafter referred to as PCC, shall mean a

continuous line-up of breaker panels, used to feed Motor Control Centers and
motors rated 110 KW upto and including 160 KW. All PCCs shall have duplicate
incomers and a bus-section. Incomers, bus-section, and all outgoing feeders of
a PCC shall be breaker controlled. Distribution of outgoing feeders shall be
such as to ensure uniform loading on each section of the PCC.
2.02.00 MOTOR CONTROL CENTER, hereinafter referred to as MCC, shall mean a

continuous line-up of vertical sections housing breaker panels, switch fuse,
contactor operated modules. All MCCs except D.G. plant auxiliary MCC,
emergency MCCs and ventilation MCCs shall have duplicate incomers and a
bus-section. D.G. Plant Auxiliary MCC may have duplicate incomers and
ventilation MCCs may have single incomer. Emergency MCCs shall have four
incomers, two from DG set and two from unit PCC. The SLD may be refered
for details. All incomers and Bus-sections shall be breaker controlled except
few, which are castle key inter-locked. Whenever bus-sections are provided,
all outgoing feeders shall be breaker/ switch fuse controlled, or
contactor operated depending upon the rating and application. Distribution
of outgoing feeders shall be such as to ensure uniform loading on each section
of the MCC.
2.03.00 POWER-CUM-MOTOR CONTROL CENTER, hereinafter referred to as PMCC,

shall mean a continuous line-up of vertical sections housing breaker panels,
switch fuse, and contactor-operated modules. All PMCCs shall have duplicate
incomers and a bus-section. Incomers and bus-sections shall be breaker
controlled. Depending upon the rating and application, outgoing feeders may be
breaker controlled, switch fuse controlled, or contactor operated. Distribution of
outgoing feeders shall be such as to ensure uniform loading on each section of
the PMCC.
2.04.00 DISTRIBUTION BOARD, hereinafter referred to as DB, shall mean a

continuous line-up of vertical sections housing switch fuse modules only.
ACDBs shall have duplicate incomers and a bus- section. Power house main
DCDBs shall have two incomers from its associated battery charger with bus
sectionaliser. Wherever bus-sections are provided, distribution of outgoing
feeders shall be such as to ensure uniform loading on each section of DB.
2.05.00 SOLENOID VALVE BOARD, hereinafter referred to as SVB, shall mean a

continuous line-up of vertical sections housing switch-fuse modules and
contactor-operated modules. SVBs may have one incomer, which shall be
switch fuse controlled. All outgoing feeders shall be contactor operated.
2.06.00 FUSE BOARD, hereinafter referred to as FB, shall mean a continuous line-up
of vertical sections housing switch fuse only. FBs Boards may be fed from DBs
and may have one incomer. ACFBs Boards shall be of two types - one with
415V, 4-wire, triple pole- and-neutral (TPN) outgoing feeders and the other with
240V, 2- wire, single-pole-and-neutral outgoing feeders. The incomers in either
case shall be 415V, 4-wire, TPN type. Incomers and outgoing feeders of
DCFBs shall be 220V, 2-wire type.

accordance with the latest e d i t i o n s i n c l u d i n g a l l a p p l i c a b l e
o f f i c i a l a m e n d m e n t s o f r e l e v a n t Indian Standards (IS) and IEC
except where modified and/or supplemented by this specification.
Rules as amended up to date and relevant IS Code of Practice. In addition,
3.04.00 All works shall be carried out as per the following codes and standards
S.No CODE Description
1. IEC-60947 Low voltage switchgear and controlgear assemblies.

IEC-60439
IS-13947
2. IS-8623 Specification for Low-Voltage Switchgear and Controlgear
Assemblies
3. IEC-60664 Insulation coordination for equipment with low voltage

IS-15382 systems
4. IEC-60044 Instrument transformers
5. IEC-60529 Degrees of protection provided by enclosures
6. IS-13118 High Voltage alternating circuit breakers

7. IS-2675 Enclosed distribution fuseboards and cutouts for voltages
not exceeding 1000 V AC and 1200 V DC
8. IS-8828 Electrical Accessories – Circuit breaker for over current

protection
9. IS -12021 Specification for Control transformer for switchgear and

control gear for voltages not exceeding 1000V AC
10. IS-5082 Wrought aluminium & aluminium alloy for electrical

purposes
11. IS-13703 Specification for low voltage fuses for voltages not
exceeding 1000 V AC and 1500 V DC

12. IS-8187 Specification for D Type fuses
13. IS- 6005 Code of practice for phosphating iron and steel
14. IS-694 694 PVC insulated cables for working voltages upto and
including 1100
15. IS-722 AC Electricity Meters
16. IS-1248 Electrical Indicating instruments
17. IS-2551 Danger Notice Plates
18. IS-2629 Hot dip galvanising
19. IS-2705 Current Transformers
20. IS-3043 Code of practice for earthing
21. IS-3072 Code of practice for installation and maintenance of

Switchgear
22. IS-3156 Voltage Transformers
23. IS-3202 Code of practice for climate proofing of electrical equipment
24. IS-3231 Electrical relays for power system protection
25. IS-8686 Static Relays
26. IS-10118 (4 Code of practice for selection, installation and maintenance

parts) of switchgear and control gear
27. IS-11171 Specification for dry type transformers
28. IS-11353 Guide for uniform system of marking and identification of

conductors and apparatus terminals
4.00.00 SYSTEM CONCEPT AND DESIGN CRITERIA
4.01.00 415V power distribution within the powerhouse shall be by mean of PCCs,
MCCs, DBs, SVBs and FBs. PMCCs shall not be used within the powerhouse.
In ESP control building, C.W. pump house, cooling tower switchgear room, fuel
oil pump houses, and ash handling system auxiliary buildings, use of PMCCs
may be acceptable.
4.02.00 The PCCs/PMCCs shall be used to supply auxiliary power for normal and start
up operation of generation units.

The MCCs/DBs/SVBs/FBs shall be used to provide power, control, and
protection for A.C. and D.C. auxiliary services (motors and feeders) of
generating units.
4.03.00 The equipment will be located in a hot, humid, and tropical atmosphere, heavily
polluted at places with coal dust and/or fly ash.
4.04.00 Duty involves direct-on-line starting of large induction motors and also under
certain emergency conditions, automatic transfer of loads from one source of
supply to other.
Motor starting current varies from 6 to 8 times of full load current.
4.05.00 Busbars of PCCs/PMCCs shall be sized to carry continuously the associated

transformer secondary current plus a 20% margin.
Busbars of MCCs/DBs/SVBs/FBs shall be sized to carry continuously the total

running load of the MCC/DB/SVB/FB (including anticipated future load,
wherever applicable) plus a 20% margin.
Loads of outgoing feeders to coal handling plant and administrative building

wherever applicable shall also be considered while sizing the busbars,
equipment and components thereof. All busbars shall be capable of
withstanding the mechanical forces and thermal stresses due to maximum short
circuit current.
4.06.00 In-cubicle ratings of incomer and bus-section breakers/switches shall be

identical to the associated busbar rating.
4.07.00 Incomers rated up to and including 400 A, except for MCC and PMCCs, shall
be switch fuse controlled. Above 400 A, all incomers shall be breaker
controlled.
4.08.00 PCC/PMCCs shall be used to feed MCCs and motors rated 110 KW up to and
including 160 KW. All motors rated 75 kW up to and including 160 KW shall be
breaker controlled. For motors rated 75 kW up to and including 160 KW,
breaker shall be given with motor protection relay.
4.09.00 Motors rated below 75 KW shall be contactor operated and shall be fed from
MCCs. For all motors below 45 kW, switch fuse shall be given. For motors
between 45 kW to below 75 kW, switch fuse with SPPR protection should be
used.
4.10.00 For continuous operation at specified ratings, the temperature rise of various
equipment/components shall be limited to the permissible values specified in
relevant standards and/or this specification.
4.11.00 Circuit breakers shall not produce any harmful over voltage during switching off
of induction motors. If required, surge protective devices shall be included in the
scope of supply to limit over voltages.
4.12.00 Incomer and Bus-sections of all MCC/PMCCs shall have provisions for remote
operation from the respective control room through electrical control desk /CRT
monitor.
4.13.00 The bus arrangement is shown in attached SLD. The main and bus-coupler
breakers shall make it possible for a switchgear bus to be fed from two separate
sources with auto & manual live changeover facilities. Normally each half section
of the switchgear will be fed by its own incomer with the bus-coupler being open.
In case of loss of supply from the incomer, under-voltage actuated dead
changeover to the other source shall take place by tripping of affected incomer
and closure of bus-coupler breaker. Upon restoration of normal supply, the
incomer breaker will be closed after paralleling and the pre-selected breaker will
be either automatically or manually tripped thus effecting a live changeover.
4.14.00 All LV switchgears and Motor Control Centres shall be intelligent type utilising
feeder management devices for protection, control, monitoring and
measurement on each breaker controlled incomer, bus coupler, tie-feeder and
breaker-controlled large motor feeders. The data shall be transmitted on a serial
fibre-optic cable link to an EDMS/DDCMIS system in the Main Plant Control
Room. The feeder units shall provide self-diagnostic and historical data logging
facilities. Each 415V switchgear will be served by 2x100% capacity service
transformers
4.15.00 Each ESP PCC will be fed from 11kV unit switchgear located in powerhouse
building via a pair of dry type LT transformers to be installed on either side of
ESP PCC. The PCC comprising of two incomer and one bus coupler with
adequate number of feeders for ESP, control building lighting, Air conditioning,
Ventilation system and equipment handling system (Hoists), fire fighting system
load shall be complete in all respect and will serve as power distribution center.
The welding power requirement shall be through separate service transformer as
shown in SLD.
5.01.01 PCCs/PMCCs/MCCs/DBs/SVBs/FBs shall be indoor, air insulated, and

metal-clad type.
The design construction shall be such as to permit extension at either end.
5.01.02 PCCs/PMCCs/MCCs/SVBs shall be drawout type. DBs/FBs shall be fixed type.
5.01.03 PCCs/PMCCs/MCCs/DBS/SVBs shall be suitable for floor-mounting and FBs

Boards shall be suitable for wall-mounting.
5.01.04 Generally,PCCs/DBs/SVBs shall be of single-front construction and

PMCCs/MCCs shall be of double-front construction. Breaker panels of PMCCs
shall be of single-front construction.
5.01.05 In switchgear room and control room, all PCC/PMCC/MCC/DB/SVB/FB

enclosures shall conform to the degree of protection IP-54. For ampere rating
up to 2000A – degree of protection of PCC/PMCC/MCC shall be IP-54 and
above 2000A the degree of protection will be IP-42. Minimum thickness of
sheet metal used shall be 1.6mm for non load bearing end and 2mm for load
bearing end.
The design shall be such that the specified degree of protection is achieved
even after a breaker control module has been taken out of the panel.
5.01.06 PCC/PMCC assemblies shall comprise of a continuous line-up of single/

multi-tier cubicles. Installation of circuit breakers shall however be limited to the
bottom two tiers only. Not more than two breakers shall be accommodated in
one vertical section.
MCC/DB/SVB assemblies shall comprise of a continuous line-up of dead-front,

free-standing vertical sections, housing the control modules in multi-tier
formation.
All MCCs/DBs/SVBs shall be double front type.
5.01.07 PCCs/PMCCs/MCCs/SVBs/DBs shall be fully compartmentalised with metal/

insulating partitions between compartments.
FBs Boards shall be non-compartmentalised.
Working height shall be limited between 450mm and 1800mm from floor level.
5.01.08 Each breaker/control module shall be housed in a separate cubicle, complete

with an individual front access door having sufficient opening with concealed
type hinges.
Each vertical section shall have a removable back cover.
All doors and covers shall be gasketted.
5.01.09 Breaker cubicles shall be so sized as to permit closing of the front access door
when the breaker is pulled out to ISOLATED position. The breaker can be
operated both in service & test position with the door closed.
5.01.10 For breaker panels, all switches, lamps, and indicating instruments shall be
flush mounted on the respective compartment door whereas relays and other
auxiliary devices shall be mounted in a separate compartment.
For MCC/DB/SVB modules, all push-buttons, lamps, and indicating instruments

shall be flush/semi-flush mounted on respective module compartment.
5.01.11 For single-front assemblies, a full-height vertical cable alley with cable supports
shall be provided in each section to facilitate unit wiring.
The alley shall be liberally sized to accommodate all cables as per cable
schedule and shall have removable cover at the front for access.
5.01.12 Wherever two breaker compartments are provided in the same vertical section,
insulating barriers and shrouds shall be provided in the rear cable compartment
to avoid accidental touch with the live parts of one circuit while working on the
other.
5.01.13 A horizontal wire way extending the entire length of the assembly shall be
provided of the top for inter-panel wiring.
5.01.14 Incomers shall be provided at the ends of an assembly and bus section,
wherever required, shall be provided at the middle of the assembly.
5.01.15 Four (4) Nos. lifting lugs shall be for each section, two (2) nos. on either end of
the section.
5.01.16 PCCs/PMCCs/MCCs/DBs/SVBs shall be supplied with base frames made out

of structural steel sections along with all necessary mounting hardware required
for bolting/welding the base frames to the foundation.
FBs Boards shall be supplied along with necessary hardware for mounting
against wall.
5.01.17 After isolation of power and control circuit connections, it shall be possible
safely carry out maintenance in a compartment with the busbar and adjacent
circuit live. Necessary shrouding arrangement shall be provided for this purpose
over the cable terminations located in cable alley.
5.01.18 The minimum clearance in air between phases and between phases and earth
for the entire run of horizontal and vertical busbars shall be 25mm. For all other
components, the clearance between two live parts, a live part and an earthed
part, and isolating distance shall be at least 10mm throughout. Wherever it is
not possible to maintain these clearances, insulation shall be provided by
barriers. However, for horizontal and vertical busbars, the clearances
mentioned above should be maintained even when these are sleeved or
insulated. All connections from busbars up to fuses shall be fully shrouded to
minimize the risk of phase to phase and phase to earth shorts.
5.01.19 unless otherwise stated, equipment rating shall be as per Annexure – A.
5.01.20 20% spare feeders, minimum one of each rating and type shall be provided.
5.02.00 Bus and Bus Taps
5.02.01 All PCCs/PMCCs/MCCs/ACDBs/SVBs/ACFBs provided with three phase

busbars and neutral busbar.
All DCDBs and DCFBs shall be provided with two busbars.
All busbar compartments shall be completely enclosed.
5.02.02 Horizontal and vertical busbars and bus connections shall be of high
conductivity copper/aluminium/aluminium alloy.
The maximum temperature of busbars and bus connections shall be limited to

85oC i.e. 35oC rise over 50oC ambient.
No diversity factor shall be allowed for temperature rise.
5.02.03 Vertical busbars shall be designed as per technical requirement.
5.02.04 All bus connections shall be provided with anti-oxide grease. Adequate contact
pressure shall be ensured by means of two-bolt connection with plain and
spring washers and locknuts.
5.02.05 Bimetallic connectors shall be provided for connections between dissimilar

metals.
5.02.06 All busbars and bus connections shall be fully insulated for working voltage.
Insulating heat shrinkable sleeves shall be provided for all busbars. All joints
and tap-off points shall be shrouded.
5.02.07 Bus insulators shall be non-hygroscopic, flame retardant, track resistant, high
strength, sheet molded compound or equivalent polyester fibreglass molded
type. Separate supports shall be provided for each phase and neutral busbar.
5.02.08 Cross-section of the busbars shall be uniform throughout the length of the
assembly. All busbars and bus connections shall be supported and braced to
withstand the stresses due to maximum short circuit current and also to take
care of any thermal expansion.
5.02.09 Busbars shall be colour coded for easy identification and so located that the
sequence R-Y-B shall be from left-to-right, top- to-bottom, or front to rear when
viewed from the front of the assembly.
5.02.10 Bolted disconnecting links shall be provided for all incoming and outgoing
feeders for isolation of neutral, if necessary.
5.03.00 MCC/SVB/DB Modules
5.03.01 MCC/SVB modules shall have self-aligning power/control disconnects. All

disconnects shall be silver-plated to ensure good contacts.
5.03.02 Modules of same size and type shall be physically and electrically
interchangeable.
5.03.03 The design of drawout modules shall be such as to permit easy

withdrawal/re-insertion of the unit with guide rails to ensure correct alignment.
5.03.04 Various module sizes should be multiples of one basic unit to facilitate
modifications at site. Suitable provision for this purpose should also be
incorporated in the vertical busbars.
5.03.05 Drawout modules shall have three distinct positions, namely, SERVICE, TEST
and ISOLATED.
In the SERVICE position, both power and control circuits shall be engaged. It
shall not be possible to open the module door when the module is in SERVICE
position.
In the TEST position, the power circuits shall be disengaged but the control
circuits shall be engaged. It shall be possible to close the module door when
the module is in TEST position. Keeping the front access door of module in
closed condition, the Breaker can be placed in ISOLATED, TEST or SERVICE
position from outside.
In the ISOLATED position, both power and control circuits shall be disengaged.
5.03.06 Modules shall house the control components for a circuit such as switch, fuse,
contactors, relays, push-buttons, lamps, meters, etc. only the push-button
actuators, lens' of indicating lamps, and transparent windows for meters shall
be mounted on module door such that when the module is withdrawn, the
cubicle door shall provide specified IP-54 degree of protection when the module
door is closed.
5.03.07 Breaker operated incomes and bus sections shall be provided with one (1)
TEST-NORMAL selector switch.
Contactor operated motor feeder modules shall be provided with one (1)
LOCAL-REMOTE selector switch.
These selector switches shall be lockable type and shall be mounted inside the
panel.
5.03.08 The equipment layout shall provide sufficient working space in between the
components.
5.04.01 Circuit Breakers shall be three pole, single throw, air break type with stored
energy, trip free mechanism and shunt trip coil.
5.04.02 Circuit breakers shall be drawout type, having SERVICE, TEST & ISOLATED
positions with positive indication for each position.
5.04.03 Circuit breakers of identical rating shall be physically and electrically

interchangeable.
5.04.04 All incomer breakers, bus-section breakers, and motor feeder breakers shall
have motor wound spring charging mechanism. All other outgoing feeders shall
generally have hand-operated spring charging mechanism. However, outgoing
feeders from unit. PCC to emergency MCC shall be breaker controlled with
motor wound spring charging mechanism.
5.04.05 Each breaker operated feeder shall be provided with protective devices as
specified in Annexure-B.
5.04.06 All breakers with motor wound spring charging mechanism shall have facility of
manual spring charging also.
5.04.07 For motor wound mechanism, spring charging shall take place automatically
after each breaker closing operation. One open- close-open operation of the
circuit breaker shall be possible after failure of power supply to the motor.
5.04.08 Mechanical safety interlock shall be provided to prevent the circuit breaker from
being racked in or out of the service position when the breaker is closed.
5.04.09 Automatic safety shutters shall be provided to fully cover the female primary
disconnects when the breaker is withdrawn.
5.04.10 Each breaker shall be provided with an emergency manual trip, mechanical
ON-OFF indicator, an operation counter, mechanism charge/discharge
indicator, and electrical anti-pumping feature.
5.04.11 In addition to the auxiliary contacts required for normal breaker operation and
indication, each breaker shall be provided with the following for interlocking
purpose :
a) Position/cell switch with minimum 4NO + 4NC contacts.
b) Auxiliary switch, with minimum 6NO +6NC contacts, mounted on the

stationary portion of the breaker panel and operated mechanically by a
sliding level from the breaker in SERVICE position.
Alternatively, electrically reset-latching relay may be used for the purpose. The
exact requirement contacts of the position/cells switch, limit switch, auxiliary
switch and latching relay shall be decided by the Tenderers taking into account
the scheme requirements spares. Limit/auxiliary switches shall be convertible
type, that is, suitable for changing N.O. contact to N.C. and vice-versa.
5.04.12 Spring charge limit switch shall be provided for breakers with motor wound
spring charging mechanism. These limit switches shall be provided with
minimum 2NO + 2NC contact.
5.04.13 Limit/auxiliary switches shall be convertible type, that is, suitable for changing
N.O. contact to N.C. and vice-versa.
5.05.00 Switches
5.05.01 Switches shall be triple/double pole, air break type and designed for duties as
specified in Annexure-A. Motor duty switches shall be capable of safely making
and breaking the locked rotor current of the associated motor circuit.
5.05.02 The switch shall have a quick-make, quick-break mechanism operated by a

suitable external handle, complete with position indicator. This handle shall
have provision for padlocking in ON and OFF position.
5.05.03 The compartment door shall be interlocked mechanically with the switch such
that the door cannot be opened unless the switch is in OFF position. Means
shall be provided for releasing this interlock at any time.
5.05.04 Switches shall be capable of withstanding the let-through fault current of

back-up fuses or circuit breakers.

5.05.05 Wherever two incoming switches and one bus-section switch/breaker are
provided for an assembly, these shall be mechanically/key interlocked to
ensure that only two out of the three can be closed at time.
Wherever two incoming switches are provided for an assembly, these shall be
mechanically/key interlocked to ensure that one of the two can be closed at
time.
5.06.00 Fuses
5.06.01 Fuses shall be HRC, preferably link type, with a minimum interrupting capacity
equal to the short circuit current of the LT system.
5.06.02 Fuses shall be furnished complete with fuse bases and fittings of such design
as to permit easy and safe replacement of fuse element.
Visible indication shall be provided on blowing of the fuse.
5.06.03 Motor fuse characteristics and ratings shall be chosen to ride over starting
period without blowing. The fuse on incoming feeder wherever provided, shall
be chosen to provide discrimination with motor/feeder fuses.
5.07.00 A.C. Starter
5.07.01 Contactors
a) The contactors shall be three pole, air break type with non-bouncing
silver/silver alloy contacts. The contactor shall be designed for duty as
per Annexure-A attached.
b) Each contactor shall be provided with minimum (2) normally open and
two (2) normally closed auxiliary contacts rated 10A at 240V A.C. The
exact requirement of contacts shall be decided by the tenderer taking
into account the scheme requirements and spares.
c) Contactors for forward and reverse direction of reversible drives shall

preferably be both electrically and mechanically interlocked.
d) Delayed dropout contactors, if required and provided for some essential

auxiliaries, shall not dropout on power failure if the voltage is restored
within three seconds
e) Contactor starters shall comply with the requirements of IS-8544

(Part-1) in respect of co-ordination of the characteristics of contactor,
overload relay, and fuse. The type of co- ordination shall be Type-C as
per IS-8544.
5.07.02 Thermal Overload
a) Thermal overload relays shall be three elements, positive acting,

ambient temperature compensated with adjustable settings.

b) Single phasing preventor shall be provided as an inbuilt feature of the
thermal overload relay.
c) Relays shall be manual reset type with changeover contacts; Resetting

of relays shall be possible with compartment door closed. Colour of the
resetting button shall be BLACK.
d) Relays may be direct acting or C.T. operated, depending on current

rating. C.T.s shall be included in the scope of supply.
e) Relays for fan motors having long starting time shall be saturable case
C.T operated.
f) Motor starters shall have Type 2 coordination according to IEC 947-4
5.08.00 D.C. Starters
5.08.01 DC starters shall be complete with switch-fuse units, contactors, resistors,

relays, meters, push-buttons, lamps, etc.
5.08.02 Starters shall be furnished in totally enclosed floor-mounting, sheet steel

cubicles complete with a hinged front access door. Minimum thickness of sheet
steel shall be 2mm.
5.08.03 The cubicle enclosure shall provide dust and humidity protection, the degree of
protection being not less than IP-54.
The resistor enclosure shall be provided with ventilating louvers and wire mesh
guard and shall have a degree of protection IP-23.
5.08.04 Cubicle space heater shall be provided to maintain internal temperature above
dew point. Heater shall be furnished with switch-fuse unit and thermostat
control.
5.09.00 Control and Indication
5.09.01 Circuit breakers shall be wired up for local and remote operation. Each breaker
cubicle shall be equipped with the following :
i) One(1) TEST-NORMAL-TRIAL selector switch with pistol grip handle

and key interlock for breakers with motor wound spring charging
mechanism.
ii) Two(2) push buttons for TRIP and CLOSE
iii) The indicating lamps on the front of the compartment :
Breaker open - GREEN
Breaker closed - RED
Breaker tripped - AMBER

Trip circuit healthy - YELLOW
Spring charged - BLUE
5.09.02 The general scheme of connections for control, interlock, and protection is
shown in the enclosed drawings. Detailed requirements of individual circuits
shall be developed by the Tenderers.
5.09.03 Push buttons shall be heavy duty, oil tight, push to actuate type with integral
escutcheon plate marked with its function.
5.09.04 Each push-button shall have minimum two (2) NO and two (2) NC contacts
rated 10A at 240 V A.C.
5.09.05 Selectors switches shall be stay-put; rotary type with escutcheon plates marked
to indicate the function and positions, and shall be lockable in each position.
Selector switch contacts shall be rated for 10A at 240 V A.C.
5.09.06 Selector switches shall be provided with minimum three (3) contact blocks of
1 NO + 1 NC each.
The exact requirements contacts shall be decided by the Tenderers taking into
account the scheme requirement and spares.
5.09.07 Lamps shall be LED type. LED lamp shall be made in accordance with InP
Technology (Aluminium Indium Gallium Phosphide Technology). The body shall
be made of Poly Carbonate Unbreakable Lens. LED shall be protected by
inbuilt fuse with surge suppressor or leakage voltage glow protection. LED
circuit shall be PCB mounted. Intensity shall be greater than 200 mcd. All Push
Button lamp shall be as per LED indicating lamp.
5.09.08 For control supply, two (2) nos. adequately rated 415/240V control transformers
with necessary taps shall be provided. Auxiliary bus bars shall be used to
distribute 240V AC control supply. The control supply of different modules shall
be tapped individually from the auxiliary bus bars. Transformer ratings shall be
so selected to facilitate 100% standby arrangement with adequate spare
capacity.
5.09.09 DCDBs shall be provided with indication to monitor healthiness of the incoming
DC supplies.
5.09.10 All switchgear located in the TG building shall be controlled from CRTs
(EDMS) in the unit control room, other than those controlled from DDCMIS. The
switchgear of ash handling and coal handling systems shall be controlled
from the respective system control panels. Other MCCs viz. fuel oil pump
house MCC, water treatment plant MCC, clarifier/misc water pump house
MCC, ESP MCC, etc shall be locally controlled with synchronization
equipment facility mounted on the switchgear. These systems shall be
monitored from CRTS in CCR. For all switchgear/MCC where auto/manual
changeover facility is specified, breakers shall be provided for the incomers
and bus coupler.
The control room CRTs shall provide indication & alarms for the 415V
auxiliary supply as given below. Any additional indications/alarms considered
necessary during detailed engineering shall also be provided. Some of these
shall be selected for sequential events recording. For each breaker and bus,
grouped alarm for any abnormal conditions shall be provided in the control
desk.
(a) Status indication in CRT

(EDMS/DDCMIS)
• Breaker on
• Breaker off
• Breaker fault
• Breaker service
• Breaker selected for remote
• Load current (Each Phase)
• Bus Voltage
• Trip Circuit Healthy
• Control DC ON
(b) Alarms in CRT
• Breaker auto tripped/L/O Relay operated

• Bus under voltage
• Sources paralleled beyond preset time
• Common outgoing feeder fault
• Incoming 220 V DC control supply failed
• Bus PT fuse failed
• Bus PT not in service
5.10.00 Meters and Meter Selector Switches
5.10.01 All indicating instruments (96 x 96 mm) shall be switchboard types, with 240
Deg. scale, anti-glare glass and accuracy class of ± 2% full scale. Each meter
shall have zero adjuster on the front.
5.10.02 Motor ammeters shall have an extended suppressed end-scale range to

indicate starting current (6 to 8 times full-load current).
5.10.03 All breaker operated incomers and motor feeders above 30 KW upto 160 KW
shall be provided with 3-phase electronic energy meter with pulse output for
interfacing with DDCMIS.
5.10.04 Meter selector switches shall be maintained contact, stay-put type, with knob
handle. Ammeter and voltmeter selector switches shall be four position type.
Ammeter selector switches shall have made before break contacts, to prevent
open circuiting of CT secondary.
5.10.05 Energy meters suitable shall be provided as per Meters for Energy
Accounting & Audit (MEEA) confirming to latest CEA’s regulations
5.11.01 Current Transformers shall be cast-resin type. All secondary connections shall
be brought out to terminal blocks where wye or delta connection will be made.
5.11.02 Motor feeders rated 30 KW to below 75KW, shall be provided with CTs for
metering. Motor feeders rated 75KW and above, separate CTs shall be
provided for metering and protection.
5.11.03 Accuracy class of the current transformers shall be :
a) Class PS for differential
b) Class 5P20 for other relaying
c) Class 1.0 ISF < 5 for metering other than MEAA metering
5.11.04 Other CT particulars like ratio, burden knee-point voltage, excitation current and
secondary resistance shall be decided by the Tenderers.
5.11.05 Feeders requiring remote metering and/or current monitoring shall be provided
with dual channel type current transducers with calibration for full scale reading.
The output shall be 4-20 mA DC of which shall correspond to the normal range.
5.11.06 CT secondary shall be rated for 1 A for metering and either 5 A or 1 A for
protection.
5.12.01 Voltage transformers shall be cast-resin and shall have an accuracy class of
1.0. Voltage transformer mounted on breaker carriage is not acceptable.
5.12.02 High voltage windings of voltage transformer shall be protected by current

limiting fuses.
5.12.03 Low voltage fuses, sized to prevent overload shall be installed in all
ungrounded secondary leads. Fuses shall be suitably located to permit easy
replacement while the switchgear is energised.
5.13.00 Relays
I. General-A
a) All relays & timers in the protection circuit shall be flush mounted
with connection from inside. They shall have transparent, dust
tight covers, removable from the front. They shall have built-in
testing facilities. Except small auxiliary relays and timers all
relays shall be drawout type.

b) Relays shall be rated for operation on 1A or 5A secondary
current and 110V secondary voltage to be decided by the
bidder. Number and rating of relay contacts shall suit the job
requirements.
c) The Bidder shall furnish, install & co-ordinate all relays to suit the
requirements of protection, interlock and bus transfer schemes
as broadly indicated in the annexures and drawings. Application
check shall be made on all motor protection relay motor
characteristics furnished by the Owner for the motors in the BOP
area. The result of such check shall be furnished for approval.
d) It shall be the responsibility of the Bidder to fully co-ordinate the

overload and short circuit tripping of the circuit breakers with the
upstream and downstream circuit breakers / motor starters to
provide satisfactory discrimination.
e) All setting devices shall be accessible after removing the front

cover. No relay shall be mounted on the rear side of PCC /
PMCC panel.
f) All relay coils and their auxiliary contacts (including un-enabled

relays in Composite Numerical Relays, if any), including spare
contacts will be wired up to the terminal blocks of respective
panels for wiring to DDCMIS & SCADA and for future use.
g) Parameterization and loading and downloading of data shall be

possible from local HMI and as well as from DDCMIS / SCADA.
h) All numerical relays shall have front communication port for

parameterization, loading and downloading of data thru’ Laptop.
i) All numerical relays and multi-functional meters shall be hooked

up and connected with HMI thru’ Fiber Optic cable.
II. General-B
a) All protective relays shall be of numerical microprocessor

based multifunctional type having communication facility for
connection to DDCMIS through PC via PLC console.
b) All relays shall conform to the requirements of IS: 3231 / IEC:

60255 standards.
c) Vendor shall ensure availability of spare parts and

maintenance support for the equipment for at least 15 years
from the date of supply.
d) Any foreign relay manufacturer through his Indian partner or

subsidiary company in India shall provide application, testing,
commissioning and other necessary support for minimum 15
years. They shall also maintain adequate inventory of each
type of relay or spares to meet the requirement arising during
project execution and plant operation.
III. Technical Requirement
a) Auxiliary Power Supply
Unless otherwise specified, relay shall be suitable to accept

both AC / DC supplies with range 110V to 240V with tolerance
of ± 20%. The auxiliary power supply shall preferably be site
selectable requiring no additional hardware.
b) Basic Requirement and Constructional Requirement
i) Relays shall be suitable for flush mounting on the front

with connections from the rear. The enclosure shall be
dust tight having degree of protection minimum as IP:
5X.
ii) Relay shall have draw out feature with plug in type PCB
for easy replacement. In case of fixed type relay, the
terminals shall be easily accessible for testing and
commissioning.
iii) Relay shall have self-diagnostic feature with indication

of relay failure on relay front. However, while diagnostic
circuit runs, it must not interfere in the main protective
relay circuit and allow working of main protective circuit
continuously. Relay faults (self diagnostic) shall be
communicated and annunciated to HMI.
iv) Design of the relay shall be such that it must operate

selectively and with proper discrimination. It must be
immune to any kind of electromagnetic interference.
Vendor to submit all related type test reports for the
offered model along with the offer.
c) Display & Indication
i) All numerical relays shall have keypad / keys to allow

relay settings from relay front. In addition, relay shall
have front port for downloading / uploading of relay
settings from the PC / Laptop. All hand-reset relays
shall have reset button on the relay front. Relay to be
self or hand reset shall be software selectable.
ii) All relays shall have LED / LCD display for settings,
status, faults and events. LCD display shall be backlit
and temperature compensated up to 65°C for contrast
and legibility.
iii) As a minimum, the relay shall have LED indicating

lamps for fault trip, relay healthy / unhealthy and control
supply on.
iv) The relay shall have at least 6 programmable LEDs on

relay front.
d) Software Security
Relay shall be provided with password protection against

unauthorized write access. However, viewing of metering data,
settings, and status and event data as read only parameters
should be without password protection.
e) Disturbance, Event Recording & Data Storage
Status, disturbance data and events shall be stored in non-

volatile memory or memory backed up by battery. It should be
possible to store minimum 50 events with date and time stamp,
last 5 fault records and last disturbance record. When auxiliary
power fails, it should be possible to see the latest state of
display when power is restored. Also, in case of power supply
failure lock out status of the relay should be stored and kept in
memory to allow the working of interlock logic properly on
restoration of the supply.
f) Trip Circuit Supervision & Lock out function
i) Relay shall have built in lockout function. Lock out

feature shall be self reset or hand reset and shall be
software selectable.
ii) Relay shall have built in trip circuit supervision function.
g) Input / Output Interface, Filters and Galvanic Isolation
h) Relay shall have at least 4 NO contacts each shall separately

be programmable for either hand reset or self-reset. The
contact rating shall be minimum 5A at 250V AC / DC.
i) Relay shall be made immune to capacitance effect due

to long length cables.
ii) All IOs shall have galvanic isolation. Analog inputs shall
be protected against switching surges, harmonics etc.
i) Serial Communication
i) Relay shall have RS 485 or FO (Fiber Optic) port for

serial communication.
ii) All relays should be able to communicate with

DDCMIS

system. Data shall be available at the DDCMIS on
request.
iii) Protocol adapted for communication to DDCMIS

should facilitate easy interface with world wide used
open protocol like Modbus or IEC 103 protocols.
iv) It shall be also possible for Relay Parameterization as

well Downloading of Disturbance Records from PC
provided in Unit & Engineering Workstations located in
Switchgear Room of each unit i.e. Unit & Engineering
Workstations shall be provided each in four (4)
Switchgear Rooms. Necessary software to be provided
for this purpose. Communication protocol shall be
selected from relay to PC to provide all information.
v) One (1) set of Laptop loaded with common support

software should be supplied, which will allow easy
settings of relays in addition to uploading of event, fault,
disturbance records, measurements from relay front
communication port.
5.14.00 Secondary Wiring
5.14.01 All boards shall be fully wired at the factory to ensure proper functioning of
control, protection, transfer and interlocking schemes.
5.14.02 Fuse and links shall be provided to permit individual circuit isolation from bus
wires without disturbing other circuits. All spare contacts of relays, switches and
other devices shall be wired up to terminal blocks.
5.14.03 Wiring shall be done with flexible, 1100 V grade, PVC insulated switchboard
wires with stranded copper conductors of 2.5 mm2 for control, current and
voltage circuits.
5.14.04 Each wire shall be ferruled by plastic tube with indelible ink print at both end
having terminal block no., terminal nos., destination no. as per approved
Drawing.
5.14.05 Wire terminations shall be made with crimping type connectors with solder as
insulating sleeves. Wires shall not be spliced between terminals.
5.15.00 Terminal Blocks
5.15.01 Terminal blocks shall be 660V grade box-clamp type 10 mm2 minimum with
marking strips. Terminals for C.T. secondary leads shall have provision for
shorting.
5.15.02 Terminal blocks used for interface with DDCMIS via termination cabinet shall
be suitably sized to facilitate proper termination of interconnecting cables.
5.15.03 Not more than two wires shall be connected to any terminal. Spare terminals
5.15.04 Terminal blocks shall be located to allow easy access. Wiring shall be so
5.16.00 Cable Termination
5.16.01 Generally, all assemblies shall be designed for cable entry from the bottom.
Sufficient space shall be provided for all the cables as per cable schedule, for
ease of termination and connection.
5.16.02 All provisions and accessories shall be furnished for termination and connection
of cables as per cable schedule, including removable gland plates, cable
support, crimp type tinned copper/aluminium lugs, double compression brass
glands with tapered washer (Power cable only) and terminal blocks.
5.16.03 Gland plates shall be minimum 4 mm thick. The gland plate and supporting
arrangement for 1/C power cables shall be non-magnetic type to minimise the
flow of eddy current.
5.17.00 Bus Duct Connection
5.17.01 Bus duct connection, wherever provided, shall be furnished along with transition
panel, if required. Bus duct connections shall be from the top.
5.17.02 All connecting bus work shall have the same continuous rating as associated
PCC/PMCC/MCC/DB bus and shall be fully braced for the LT system short
circuit current.
5.17.03 All provisions such as matching flanges and other accessories required for
proper connection to bus duct shall also be supplied.
5.18.00 Ground Bus
5.18.01 A ground bus, rated to carry maximum fault current, shall be provided which
shall extend the full length of the assembly.
5.18.02 The ground bus shall be provided with two-bolt drilling with G.I. bolts and nuts
at each end and shall be suitable to receive 50 x 6 mm G.S. flat.
5.18.03 All stationary units shall be directly connected to the ground bus for effective
grounding.
The frames of all circuit breakers and drawout V.T. units shall be grounded
through heavy multiple contracts at all times except when the primary
disconnecting devices are separated by a safe distance.
The frames of all other drawout modules shall be grounded at all times except
when the power disconnects are separated by a safe distance.
5.18.04 Wherever the schematic diagrams indicate a definite ground at the switchgear;

a single wire for each circuit thus grounded shall be run independently to the
ground bus and connected thereto.
5.18.05 C.T. & V.T. secondary neutrals shall be earthed through removable links so that
earth of one circuit may be removed without disturbing others.
5.18.06 All hinged doors shall be earthed by flexible copper braid.
5.19.00 Nameplates
5.19.01 Nameplates of approved design shall be provided on each cubicle, at the top of
the assembly and on each instrument & device mounted on or inside the
cubicle.
5.19.02 The material shall be lamicoid or approved equal. 3 mm thick with white letters
on black background.
5.19.03 The name plates shall be held by self-tapping screws. Nameplate size shall be
minimum 20 x 75 mm for instrument/devices & 40 x 150 mm for panels.
5.19.04 Caution notice on suitable metal plate shall be affixed both at the front and back
of each vertical panel.
5.20.00 Space Heaters and Plug Sockets
5.20.01 Each vertical section shall be provided with thermostat controlled space heater
and 5A, 3 pin plug socket.
5.20.02 In addition, motor feeders rated 30 KW and above shall be wired-up for feeding
the motor space heater through suitably rated breaker auxiliary NC contact
and/or contactor.
5.20.03 Cubicle heater. Motor heater, and Plug-socket circuit shall have individual
switch fuse units.
5.20.04 Two nos. 5KVA space heater transformer shall be provided for bus section- A &
B for catering space heater supply to respective bus, refer drawing no. E0106
sht. 5 of 10.
5.21.00 A.C./D.C. Power Supplies
5.21.01 Necessary 415V AC and 220V DC power supplies as required for control and
service, shall be arranged by the contractor. Single feeder shall be arranged
for A.C. supply and duplicate feeder shall be arranged for D.C. supply.
5.21.02 Isolating switch fuse units shall be provided for the incoming supplies. These
shall be 4-pole, single throw for 415V AC and 2- pole double throw without off
position for 220V DC.
5.21.03 Bus-wires of adequate capacity shall be provided to distribute the incoming

supplies for different cubicles. Isolating switch- fuse units shall be provided at
each cubicle for A.C./D.C. supplies.

5.21.04 A.C. load shall be so distributed as to present a balanced loading on
three-phase supply system.
5.22.01 All equipment, accessories and wiring shall have fungus protection, involving
special treatment of insulation and metal against fungus, insects & corrosion.
5.22.02 Screens of corrosion resistant material shall be furnished on all ventilating

louvers to prevent entry of insects.
5.23.00 Painting
5.23.01 All assemblies shall be finished with two coats of RAL7032 paint.
5.24.00 Miniature Circuit Breaker
5.24.01 MCB shall be suitable for manual closing and opening and also automatic trip
on overload and short circuit.
6.00.00 TESTS
6.01.00 The switchgear shall be completely assembled, wired, adjusted and tested at
the factory as per the relevant standards.
6.02.00 Routine Tests
The tests shall include but not necessarily limited to the followings :
a) Operation under simulated service condition to ensure accuracy of

wiring, correctness of control scheme & proper functioning of the
equipment.
b) All wiring and current carrying parts shall be subjected to appropriate

High Voltage Test.
c) Primary current & voltage shall be applied to all instrument transformers.
d) Routine test shall be carried out on all equipment such as circuit

breakers, instrument transformers, relays, meters, contactors,
switch-fuses, etc.
6.03.00 Type Tests
The following type tests shall be performed on a representative sample

of the LV Switchgear assembly, even if type test certificates of these
tests are submitted by the Bidder for Purchaser's approval :
a) Temperature rise Test

b) Short circuit test should be performed so that one complete (longest)
span of insulator supports of main busbars are covered in the S.C
path thereby subjected to dynamic forces developed.
Short circuit test shall be performed in the following section of the

busbar:-
Circuit Breaker Panel: In the main horizontal busbar and vertical bus bar
with ACB replaced by shorting link.
Motor Control Cenetre / Distribution
Boards:- Main horizontal busbar,
Vertical busbar.
c) Degree of protection of enclosure IP-54.
Charges for each of the above tests shall be indicated

separately.
6.04.00 Type test certificates of any equipment shall be furnished if so desired

by the Purchaser. Otherwise, the equipment shall have to be type
tested, free of charge, to prove the design. Type tests performed before
five (5) years are not acceptable.
7.00.00 MISCELLANEOUS CONTROL PANELS AND ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT
7.01.00 Indoor control panels provided for control of miscellaneous systems in

the plant viz., air conditioning, evaporative air cooling, fire protection
system, etc and outdoor control cabinets for 400kV/220 KV
circuit breakers, isolators, transformers etc. shall comply with
the requirements outlined in Clause 7.02.00 below.
7.01.01 All the meters provided on the panel shall be minimum 96 sq.mm with
an accuracy class of 1.5 unless otherwise specified.
7.01.02 For motor circuits, ammeters shall have a suppressed extended

scale to indicate the motor starting current.
7.01.03 The required 240V, 1 phase AC supply required for panel illumination,
receptacle and for space heating of panel shall be derived in the
control panel itself.
7.02.00 Technical Requirements
Sl.No. DESCRIPTION REQUIREMENTS

1 Location Indoor/outdoor
2 Type of mounting Wall/Floor

3 Cable entry Top/bottom depending on
layout
4 Paint Finish: Outside/Inside Later/ glossy white.
5 Supply voltage 415V 3 phase 3 wire
6 Control transformer Required to derive 110V
control supply
7 Space heater, lighting supply 240V, 1 phase AC
voltage
8 Applicable Standards
8.1 Switchgear general requirements IS 4237
8.2 Factory built assemblies of IS 8623
switchgear and control gear for
voltages up to and including
1000VAC & 1200V DC
8.3 Air break switches IS 13947 Part 1 & 2
8.4 Miniature circuit breakers IS 8828
8.5 HRC cartridge fuses IS 9224
8.6 Contactors IS 2959
8.7 Control switches/push buttons IS 6875
8.8 Current transformers IS 2705
8.9 Voltage transformers IS 3156
8.10 Relays IS 3231
8.11 Indicating instruments IS 1248
8.12 Arrangement for bus bars, main IS 375
connections and accessories
8.13 Degree of Protection IS 2147
8.14 Climate proofing of electrical IS 3202
equipment
8.15 Code of practice for phosphating IS 6005
iron & steel
8.16 Wrought aluminium and aluminium IS 5082
alloys for electrical purposes
7.03.00 The following miscellaneous equipment are to be supplied:
I. Local push button stations

II. Junction boxes (JBs)
III. Danger boards
IV. Rubber mats.
7.04.00 LOCAL PUSH BUTTON STATIONS (LPB)
7.04.01 Local push button station shall be provided for all the drive motors of
the plant (415V motors and 3.3 kV motors) (start stop push buttons for
all motors; only start push button for emergency motors). The process
permissive interlocks for local start need to be ensured through
DDCMIS system.
7.04.02 The degree of protection of LPBs shall be IP55 with canopy for

outdoor and IP54 for indoor applications.
7.04.03 All PBs shall be push to actuate type and the stop PB shall be lockable in
off position.
7.04.04 All push buttons shall be provided with 2 nos. NO and 2 nos. NC contacts
for various interlocking purposes. One contact of stop PB shall be
directly wired to the switchgear module for direct tripping and another
contact to the control system.
7.05.00 JUNCTION BOXES (JBs)
Junction boxes as required for the power plant shall be supplied.

The JBs used in outdoor areas shall be of weatherproof type. Sheet steel
thickness of the JBs shall be minimum 2 mm; the sheet steel shall be hot
dip galvanised.
7.05.01 Junction boxes/marshalling boxes (JB/MB) shall be provided to enable

running large core cables from/to control panels, terminal cabinets, etc.
Junction boxes shall be used for marshalling each CT/CVT core from the
switchyard CTs/CVTs so as to use 4 core cables from JB to the relay
panels/ control panels. In case of 400 kV/220KV CTs, CVTs & EMVTs,
marshalling boxes shall form part of the respective equipment package.
7.05.02 Danger boards shall be provided in line with statutory requirements.
7.05.03 Rubber mats shall be provided to meet the safety and other statutory
requirements.
a) General arrangement and cross-sectional drawings showing

constructional features, space required in front for withdrawals, power &
control cable entry points etc.
b) Bill of Materials
c) Typical foundation plans
d) Boardwise single line diagrams.
e) Typical control schematics
f) Drawings of matching flanges and terminals for bus termination
g) Calculation for selection of CT and VT rating
h) Bus bar sizing calculation

i) Reports for all type tests of representative sections of panel assemblies.
j) Technical leaflets of -
i) Circuit breaker
ii) Instrument transformers
iii) Relays, meters, switches, push-buttons, selector switches, etc.
iv) Switch-fuse units
v) Contactors
vi) Glands/terminals blocks
8.02.00 To be submitted after Award of Contract
a) Outline dimensional drawings showings general arrangement, space

requirements and bus duct/cable entry points.
b) Cross-section with parts list
c) Foundation plan & loading
d) Boardwise single line diagrams
e) Control schematics
f) Wiring diagrams
g) Consolidated Bill of Material
h) Relay setting calculation.
i) Test Certificates
8.03.00 The contractor shall also submit all instruction manuals clearly indicating the
installation method, check-up and tests that are to be carried out before
commissioning the equipment.
8.04.00 Tenderers shall note that the drawings, data and manuals listed herein are
minimum requirements only. The Tenderers shall ensure that other necessary
submitted with their bids.

ANNEXURE-A
1.0 GENERAL
Type : Metal-clad, drawout (PCC/PMCC/MCC/ SVB)

Metal-clad, fixed (DB)
Service : Indoor
Enclosure : For ampere rating up to 2000A – degree of protection of

PCC/PMCC/MCC shall be IP-54 and above 2000A the
degree of protection will be IP-42.
1.1 System AC DC
Voltage : 415V ± 10% 220V ± 10%
Phase : 3-phase and neutral -
Frequency : 50 Hz ± 5% -
Combined voltage and

frequency variation : 10% (absolute sum) -
System grounding : Solidly grounded Ungrounded
1.2 Rated Current at 50oC

ambient
Busbar : To be decided by the Tenderers
Circuit breaker : - Do -
Switches : 16A to 630A
1.3 Short Circuit Rating AC DC
Interrupting : 50 KA 25* KA
Short Time for 415 V AC- 3 50 KA 25* KA

secs/ 220V DC - 1 second
1.4 Hipot for 1 minute (min.) : 2.5 KV 1.5 KV
* Indicative only; the actual value will be decided by the Bidder, after substantiating the
same by calculation.
1.5 A.C./D.C. Power Supply

ANNEXURE-A
Control Voltage for : 220V DC ± 10%

Circuit breaker
Control voltage for : 240V AC ± 10%, 1 Ph, 50 Hz ± 5%

MCC modules
Service voltage : 240V AC ± 10%, 1 Ph, 50 Hz ± 5%
2.0 CIRCUIT BREAKER
2.1 Duty Cycle : 0-3'-CO-3'-CO
2.2 Breaking Current
A.C. Symmetrical : 50 KA
2.3 Making Current : 105 KA Peak
2.4 Auxiliary Voltage
Closing : 220V D.C. (85 - 110%)
Tripping : 220V D.C. (70 - 110%)
Spring Charging : 220V D.C. (85 - 110%)
3.0 CONTACTOR DUTY AC DC
: Class III-Category Class I -

AC3 for unidirectional Category DC2
drives and AC4 for
bi-directional/inching
duty drives
4.0 SWITCH DUTY
Motor feeders : AC23 DC22
Other feeders : AC22 DC22

ANNEXURE-B
PROTECTIONS
1.0 The minimum protections to be provided for circuit breaker controlled feeders are listed
below :
a) Incoming Feeders : 3-Inverse time O/C relays (51) for phase faults
& Instantaneous O/C(50) with timer
1-Inverse time O/C relay (51N) for Earth faults
Under Voltage relay (27) with Timer (2)
b) Motor Feeders : Microprocessor based Numerical Protection for LT Motor

above 75KW
Bidder shall quote suitable digital/microprocessor based numerical relay for motor
protection with following minimum facility as indicated below :
- Thermal model based with RTD feed back and negative

sequence current.
- Voltage compensated acceleration.
- Under voltage, over voltage protection.
- Overload protection.
- Short circuit & SC back-up.
- Current unbalance.
- Ground fault.
- Temperature monitoring (stator, bearing etc.).
- Phase reversal.
- Locked rotor protection
Apart from above suitable provision for metering and monitoring such as voltage,
current, power factor, watt-hr, event record etc. shall be provided.
The relay shall have facility for user interface capability, character display, keypad, LED
indicator and communication port along with licensed version software.
c) Lighting transformer : 3-inverse time O/C relays with feeders high set
instantaneous unit (50/51) for phase faults
1-inverse time O/C relay (51N) for earth fault
CPCPL-Super Critical TPP-Tharangambadi VOL.II‐F1/SEC‐VII : 30

DCPL-11Z02
ANNEXURE-B
d) Outgoing Feeders : - 2-Inverse time O/C relay (51) for phase fault
- 1-Inverse time O/C relay (51N) for Earth fault
All inverse time O/C relay shall be 1.3 sec version.
2.0 Apart from protection relays, each electrically operated breaker shall be provided with
antipumping (94), trip annunciation (30), lockout (86) and trip circuit supervision (74)
relays. Lockout relay shall be hand reset type.
3.0 Fuse failure relay shall be provided on the secondary side of voltage transformer to
monitor H.V. & L.V. fuses.

DCPL-11Z02
ANNEXURE-C
415 V NON-SEGREGATED PHASE BUSDUCT
1.1.0 General
1.1.1 The busduct will serve as interconnection between L.V. terminals of Auxiliary L.T.
Transformers to their respective PCC/PMCC and also for trunking connection between
each set of PCC/PMCC, if required.
1.1.2 The busduct shall be non-segregated type, self cooled. The cooling medium inside the
duct shall be air.
1.1.3 The busduct will be installed in a hot, humid and tropical atmosphere.
1.1.4 For continuous operation at specified rating, maximum temperature of the busduct shall
be limited to the following, considering 50°C as ambient temperature :
Bus Conductor/Bus Connection
i) with silver plated joints : 105oC
ii) with plain or tin joints : 90oC
Bus Enclosure/Supports : 80oC
1.1.5 It shall be capable of withstanding the mechanical forces and thermal stresses of the
specified short-circuit currents without any damage or deterioration of material.
1.1.6 Wherever expansion joints are required neoprene rubber bellows shall be provided for
enclosure and flexible connectors for conductor.
1.1.7 Same phase disposition shall be maintained throughout the run of the bus duct. Phase
cross-over units, if required, shall also be provided.
1.2.0 Enclosure
1.2.1 All the three phases shall be enclosed in a weather proof, dust tight enclosure. Outdoor
section of the busduct shall be completely rain proof. For bus rating including and
above 2000 A, enclosure shall be of aluminium and for bus rating below 2000 A,
enclosure shall be of sheet steel fabricated type. Minimum Degree of protection of
busduct enclosure shall be IP-54 for indoor and IPW-55 for outdoor section of the
busduct.
1.2.2 Weather resistant type circumferential gaskets shall be provided for making the joints
with adjacent enclosures dust-proof and imperious to moisture.
1.2.3 The connection flanges shall be sufficiently stiffened so as not to bend while tightening
the bolts.

DCPL-11Z02
ANNEXURE-C
1.2.4 Suitable inspection opening with gaskets shall be provided for access to support
insulator, bus joints etc.
1.3.0 Bus Conductor
1.3.1 The conductor shall be of high conductivity aluminium /aluminium alloy sized for the
same rating as associated PCC/PMCC bus.
1.3.2 Joints made at the factory shall be welded type and the joints to be made at site shall
be bolted type.
1.3.3 For bolted rigid/expansion joints, necessary bolts, nuts, (cadmium plated) washers and
other hardwares shall be supplied.
1.3.4 Busbars shall be colour coded at regular intervals for easy identification. The markings
on the bars shall be Red for R-phase, Yellow for Y-phase, and Blue for B-phase.
1.3.5 For each shipping section, the bus conductor shall be supported at minimum two
positions.
1.4.0 Bus-Bar Support
1.4.1 All buses and connections shall be supported and braced to withstand stresses due to
maximum short circuit current.
1.4.2 The bus conductor supporting insulators shall be flame retardant, non-hygroscopic,
high strength track resistant type with high creepage surface.
1.4.3 The insulators shall be so located that they can be easily removed and replaced
without dismantling the busduct installation.
1.4.4 Space heater shall be provided near each insulator to avoid moisture condensation
within busduct.
1.4.5 The number and wattage of space heaters shall be decided by the Tenderers.
1.5.1 All supporting structures required for hanging and/or supporting the complete busduct
shall be furnished. These include all members, indoor/outdoor posts, bolts, shims, base
plates, beams, hangers, brackets, bracings and hardware.
1.5.2 All buses shall be adequately supported and braced to successfully withstand normal
operation, vibration, thermal expansion, short circuit forces, and all specified design
loads.
1.5.3 All steel members shall be hot-dip galvanised after fabrication. All hardware shall be of
high strength steel with weather resistant finish.
1.5.4 For each shipping section, the enclosure shall be supported at minimum two positions.

DCPL-11Z02
ANNEXURE-C
1.5.5 The enclosure supporting arrangement shall be such that the busduct load is not
transmitted onto the terminations.
1.6.0 Connections and Terminations
1.6.1 All matching flanges, seal-off bushings, gaskets, fittings, hardware, and supports
required for termination of the busduct at PCC/PMCC, transformer, and any other
equipment shall be supplied.
All hardware used at conductor points shall be of non-magnetic, high tensile material.
1.6.2 Expansion joints for both conductor and enclosure shall be provided as follows:
1. At all equipment terminations
2. On either side of seal-off bushings
1.6.3 Expansion joints shall be provided on bus conductor and enclosure to take care of
thermal expansion.
1.6.4 Seal-off bushing with wall frame assembly shall be provided wherever the busduct
penetrates the building wall from outdoor to indoor.
1.6.5 Equipment terminal connection shall be readily accessible and shall provide sufficient
air gap for isolation of equipment during testing.
1.6.6 If the material of bus conductor and that of the equipment terminal connectors are
different, suitable bi-metallic connectors shall be provided.
1.7.0 Ground Bus
1.7.1 A ground bus rated to carry maximum fault current shall be provided running the entire
length of the busduct, grounding all parts of the supporting structure and each
enclosure section.
1.7.2 The ground bus shall be provided with two-bolt drilling with G.I. bolts and nuts at each
end to receive 50 x 6 mm G.S. flat.
1.8.0 Finish
1.8.1 Except for supporting steel structures, which shall be galvanised, all other material,
shall be finished with a undercoat of high quality primer followed by two coats of
synthetic enamel paint.
1.8.2 The interior surface finish shall be as per manufacturer's standard. The shade of
exterior surface finish will be light grey IS Shade # 631 for indoor and battle ship grey
IS Shade # 632 for outdoor.
1.8.3 Pretreatment consisting of degreasing, derusting etc. shall be done on all fabricated
parts before painting or galvanising.
1.8.4 Paints shall be carefully selected to withstand heat and weather conditions. The paint
DCPL-11Z02
ANNEXURE-C
shall not scale off or crinkle or get removed by abrasion due to normal handling.
1.8.5 Sufficient quantities of all paints and preservatives required for touching up at site shall
be furnished.
1.9.0 TESTS
1.9.1 The busduct shall be completely assembled and checked at the factory for correctness
of alignment.
2.0.0 Routine Tests :
Busduct shall be subjected to the following tests :
b) Dry power frequency voltage withstand test for 1-min.
c) Insulation resistance measurement.
d) Milli-volt drop test.
e) Water tightness test.
f) Air tightness test
2.1.0 Type Tests
The following type tests shall be performed on a representative section of bus

assembly:
a) Impulse voltage withstand test on typical section including one bend.
b) Heat run test.
c) Short circuit test, mechanical test strengthen and thermal withstand test on
representative section of 3 phase bus duct. Including one bend, the section
shall be longest span between support insulators with CT mounted in position
d) Air leakage test
e) Test on completion of erection at site
a) Power frequency withstand test as per relevant IS
b) Water tightness test
f) Insulation resistance test for enclosure circuit
2.2.0 Miscellaneous Components

DCPL-11Z02
ANNEXURE-C
Tests on insulators, etc. shall be carried out as specified in relevant standards.
3.0.0 DRAWINGS, DATA AND MANUALS
3.1.0 To be submitted with the Bid :
a) General arrangement drawing - Plan and Section.
b) Typical details of bus insulator assembly, conductor enclosure connections rigid

and flexible.
c) Type test report on similar equipment.
d) Calculation for short circuit forces, sizing calculations justifying the proposed
arrangement and temperature rise for bus and enclosure.
3.2.0 To be submitted after Award of Contract :
a) Dimensional general arrangement drawings with cross sections of busduct

layout including supporting arrangement.
b) Detailed material list with part numbers.
c) Typical details of bus insulator assembly, rigid and flexible connections,

grounding provision, termination arrangement at equipment end etc.
d) Test report.

DCPL-11Z02
ANNEXURE-D

FOR 415V NON-SEGREGATED PHASE BUSDUCT
1.0 General
Type : Non-segregated
Service : Indoor/Outdoor
Material enclosure : Sheet steel/aluminium
Conductor : Aluminium/Aluminium alloy
Thickness of enclosure : 2 mm for sheet steel 3mm for (minimum)

aluminium
2.0 System
Voltage : 415V AC+

_ 10%
Phase : 3-Phase and neutral
Frequency : 50 HZ+
_ 5%
Combined voltage and

Frequency variation : 10% (absolute sum)
3.0 Service voltage

(for space heater) : _ 10%, 1-Phase.
240V AC+
4.0 Rated current at 50°C ambient : To be decided by the Tenderers.
5.0 Short time current rating

for one (1) second : 50 KA
6.0 One(1) minute power frequency

withstand voltage (minimum) : 2.5 KV (rms)
7.0 Temperature rise (maximum)

(over 50°C ambient)
a) Bus conductor
i) With Silver Plated bolted joints : 55°C
ii) With Plain or Tin joints : 40°C
b) Bus enclosure and structure : 30°C
8.0 Shipping Section (Maximum) :

DCPL-11Z02
ANNEXURE-E
INDICATIVE LIST OF 415V PCCS/MCCS/PMCCS/DBS/SVBS
A. PCC/PMCC/MCC
1. 415 V Unit PCC : 2 nos.
2. 415 V Station PCC : 2 nos.
3. 415 V Emer. MCC : 2 nos.
4. 415 V ESP PCC : 12 nos.
5. 415 V Turbine Valve MCC : 2 nos.
6. 415 V Turbine MCC : 2nos.
7. 415 V Coal Mill MCC : 2 nos.
8. 415 V Boiler valve & Damper MCC : 2 nos.
9. 415 V Boiler MCC : 2 nos.
10. 415 V Soot Blower MCC : 2 nos
11. 415 V P/H AC MCC : 2 nos.
12. 415 V P/H Vent. MCC : 2 nos.
13. 415 V P/H Roof Extraction MCC : 2 nos.
14. 415 V ESP Vent & A/C MCC : 2 nos.
15. 415 V Air washer MCC : 2 nos.
16. 415 V Fire Water & Compressor

System MCC : 1 no.
17. 415 V Mill Rejection MCC : 1 no.
18. 415 V Service Building MCC : 1 no.

DCPL-11Z02
ANNEXURE-E
B. 415V ACDBS
i) Station ACDB : 2 nos.
ii) Boiler ACDB : 3 nos.
iii) Turbine ACDB : 2 nos.
iv) Lighting Distribution Board : 1 no.
v) Welding Transformer Board In Power House : 1 no.
C. 220V DCDBS
i) Power house main DCDBS : 2 nos.
D. SVBS
i)DC SVBS : 2 nos.
ii) AC SVBS : 2 nos.
E. DC Starters : 1 No. for each D.C drive
F. 415V Non Segregated Phase Bus Duct : As required.
NOTE: THIS LIST IS AN INDICATIVE ONE. THE EXACT NUMBER OF BOARDS

SHALL BE FINALIZED BY THE TENDERERS. IN CASE ADDITIONAL
BOARDS ARE REQUIRED WHICH HAVE NOT BEEN INCLUDED IN THIS
LIST, THE SAME SHALL ALSO BE INCLUDED BY THE TENDERERS IN
THEIR SCOPE.

DCPL-11Z02
VOLUME : IIF/1
SECTION-VIII
FOR
GENERATOR CIRCUIT BREAKER
CONTENT
1.00.00 GENERAL V.II-F1/S-VIII : 1
2.00.00 CODES AND STANDARDS V.II-F1/S-VIII : 2
3.00.00 DESIGN AND MANUFACTURING

REQUIREMENTS V.II-F1/S-VIII : 3
4.00.00 OPERATING CONDITIONS

/ REQUIREMENTS V.II-F1/S-VIII : 12
5.00.00 INSPECTION AND TESTING V.II-F1/S-VIII : 12
6.00.00 SPECIAL REQUIRMENTS V.II-F1/S-VIII : 16
7.00.00 DRAWINGS, DATA AND MANUALS V.II-F1/S-VIII : 17

VOLUME : IIF/1
SECTION-VIII
FOR
GENERATOR CIRCUIT BREAKER
1.00.00 GENERAL
The Generator circuit breaker shall be used between the generator terminals
and the low voltage winding terminals of generator transformer. The
Generator circuit breaker is rated *kV, 25000A, 150 KA( to be finalized during
detailed engineering as per IEEE C37 .013), single pole Generator Circuit
Breaker assembly. The Generator circuit breaker shall be suitable for
synchronous duty and shall be capable of withstanding twice the voltage
impressed across open contacts during out of phase duty. It shall be capable
of switching on to fault and out phase switching duties. Also the GCB shall
be capable of breaking DC components of fault current and switching off GT.
The breaker shall comply with recommendations of IEEE/ANSI C.
The CB system comprises of the following main equipment:
- Circuit Breaker (CB)

- Series disconnecting switch
- Earthing switches on the generator side and on the line side
- CB system Control Panel
1.02.00 Current transformers
Five (5) current transformer in each phase, for generator phase side for
protection, metering, automatic voltage regulator, and electro hydraulic
governing system.
1.03.01 Three (3) sets of voltage transformer mounted on the generator side of
Generator Circuit Breaker. Each set containing 3- single-phase voltage
transformers for relaying & performance testing, automatic voltage regulator
(AVR) & electro hydraulic governing (EHG) system; Metering & relaying.
One set of single phase VT s connected in open delta connection for 100%
earth fault relaying.
1.03.02 Voltage Transformers mounted on the generator transformer side of the

Generator Circuit Breaker

VOL.II‐F1/SEC‐VIII : 1 DCPL-11Z02
One (1) set of voltage transformer containing 1-single phase voltage
transformer (two winding) for relaying, synchronizing.
1.04.00 Each circuit breaker shall be complete with fittings and accessories
1.05.00 One set of special tools and tackles.
1.06.00 Spare parts
In addition to the requirements spelt out in those standards and requirements of

this specification the equipment to be provided under this section shall
specifically conform to the latest editions including all applicable amendments of
the following Indian Standards (IS), international Electro-Technical
Commission (IEC) Publications, American National Standards Institute
/Institute of Electrical & Electronic Engineers (ANSI/IEEE) Standards and
regulations.
The electrical installation shall meet the requirements of Indian Electricity Rules
as amended up to date and relevant IS Codes of Practice. In addition, other
rules or regulations applicable to the work shall be followed. In case of any
discrepancy, the more restrictive rule shall be binding.
Bureau of Indian Standards.
IS: 3427 AC metal enclosed switchgear and control gear for rated
Voltage 1kV up to and including 52 Kv.
IS: 13118 High Voltage Alternating Current Circuit Breakers
IS: 12729 General requirements of switchgear & control panels for

exceeding 1000V.
IS: 13576 Methods of Synthetic testing of High Voltage Alternating

Current Circuit breakers
IS: 14659 AC Insulation enclosed switchgear & control gear for

rated voltages above 1kV & up to including 38 Kv.
IS: 9921 Alternating current disconnectors (Isolators) and earthing

switches for voltages above 1000
IS: 2705 Current Transformers
IS: 3156 Voltage Transformers
International Standards:
IEC 62271 Metal enclosed switchgear and control gear for rated
Part 200 Voltages up to and including 38 kV.
IEC 62271 High Voltage Alternating Current Circuit Breakers

Part 100
IEC 62271
Part 1 Common Specifications
IEC 60044 -1 Instrument transformers part 1: current transformers
IEC 600186 Voltage Transformer
IEEE C 37.013 Alternating Current High Voltage Generator Circuit

Breaker rated on a symmetrical current.
3.00.00 DESIGN AND MANUFACTURING REQUIREMENTS
3.01.00 DESIGN REQUIREMENT
a. The generator circuit-breaker system shall be designed and manufactured for

installation in the run of an isolated-phase bus duct, between the generator
and the step-up generator transformer.
b. The generator circuit breaker will be installed in hot, humid tropical and
heavily polluted atmosphere. All equipment, accessories and wiring shall be
provided with tropical finish to prevent fungus growth.
c. The generator circuit breaker shall be capable of continuous operation under

voltage & frequency variations stated in design criteria.
d. The enclosure of each phase shall be aluminium made to form a straight

section in the run of the isolated phase bus ducts. Main equipment shall be
installed in the phase enclosure.
e. The enclosure shall be able to carry the 100% of return current during normal
operation at rated conditions and the rated short-circuit current.
f. The distance among the centre line of the phase enclosures shall be
adjustable in order to follow the bus bar spacing and allow their correct
connection.
g. The phase enclosure shall be fastened on a steel galvanised support

framework included in the supply. The enclosure fastening shall be arranged
on insulated and elastic devices.
h. Main functions of the CB system shall be the following:
• Start up of the turbo-generator auxiliaries via its unit transformer with the
CB open.
• Switch off of the turbo-generator, by opening the CB
• Carry the full load current of the generator

• Generator - external network paralleling.
• Separate the generator from the system (switching off the unloaded
generator)
• Interrupt load currents (up to the full load current of the generator)
• Make and break generator-source short-circuit currents
• Make and break system-source short-circuit currents
• Make and break currents under out-of-phase conditions (to be confirmed

by Vendor)
3.02.00 Calculation
a. Short circuit current calculation at generator terminals, according to IEEE

Std. C37.013, to verify the correct sizing of the generator circuit breaker
shall be performed by the Supplier on the basis of the generator data,
generator transformer data offered by the contractor and 400 kV system
data .
b. In the event of calculated value being lower than any of the particulars
furnished in the annexure, the Tenderer shall offer the breaker as per the
data sheet furnished at clause no. 7.00.00
c. All the sizing calculations shall be furnished for owners approval during
engineering stage.
a. CIRCUIT BREAKER
General
The circuit breaker shall be three nos. single-pole, sulphur hexaflouride (SF6)
type, having internal isolation without any sequential interlock.
The duty of the circuit breaker shall involve satisfactory interruption of short
circuit currents as listed in the clause no. 7.00.00.
The breaker shall be suitable for operation even under condition of "phase
opposition" arising out of faulty synchronisation.
For the current breaking, the self-blast interrupting principle shall be applied.
That also in case of generator-source short circuit.
All CB phases shall be maintained at the same SF6 density by a suitable

balancing connection
The CB shall have two separate power contact systems, one for carrying the
normal load current and one for arc interruption.
The CB with contacts open and SF6 at atmospheric pressure shall be

capable of withstanding 3 times the phase voltage (maximum expected
voltage when the generator and external network operate out of phase).
The time between the opening (or closing) of the first and last pole shall not
exceed 120 electrical degrees (6 ms).
Each CB shall be equipped with operation counter and with a mechanical
position indicator to indicate the open or closed position.
b. OPERATING MECHANISM
The CB operating mechanism shall be as manufacturer’s standard. This shall
operate on all poles (3 phase control). The operating mechanism shall have
electrical trip-free and anti-pumping devices.
The duty cycle shall be as per clause no.7.02.06.
There shall be no objectionable rebound and the mechanism shall not require
any critical adjustment. It shall be strong, rigid, positive and fast in operation.
The operating mechanism shall be such that the failure of any auxiliary
equipment will not prevent tripping and will not cause trip or closing operation
of the power operated closing devices.
A mechanical indicator shall be providing to show open and close positions of

breaker. It shall be located in a position where it will be visible to a man
standing on the floor. An operation counter at 1000-1300 mm level shall also
be provided. The counter readings shall be visible from the ground even with
the mechanism housing closed.
Closing coil shall operate correctly at all values of voltage between 85% and
110% of the rated voltage.
Tripping coil shall operate correctly at all values of voltage between 70% and
110% of the rated voltage.
Operating mechanism shall normally be operated by remote electrical control.

Electrical tripping shall be performed by trip coils. Provision shall be made for
local electrical control “Local/Remote” selector switch and closing and trip
push buttons/control switch shall be provided in the breaker control cabinet.
In addition local manual trip button shall be provided. For the purpose of
tripping, two electrically independent trip circuits along with separate shunt
trip coils shall be provided.
The auxiliary switch of the breaker shall be positively driven by the breaker-
operating rod.
All three-breaker poles shall operate simultaneously. Pole discrepancy

feature shall be provided to trip the broken out if all the poles do not close
simultaneously.
When tripping impulse is received the operating mechanism shall ensure the
CB opening either with CB in fully closed nor in partially closed position.
c. HYDRAULICALLY OPERATED MECHANISM
Hydraulically operated mechanism shall comprise of operating unit with power

cylinder, control valves, high and low pressure reservoir, motor one number
hand pump set shall also be provided for emergency operation of the circuit

breaker etc.
The hydraulic oil used shall be fully compatible for the specified temperature
range.
The oil pressure switch controlling the pump and pressure in the high
pressure reservoir shall have adequate number of spare contacts to be used
for continuous monitoring of low pressure, high pressure etc.
The mechanism shall be suitable for at least two close open operations after
failure of AC supply to the motor starting at pressure equal to the lowest
pressure of auto reclose duty plus pressure drop for one close open
operation.
The mechanism shall be capable of operating the circuit breaker correctly and
performing the duty cycle specified under all conditions with the pressure of
hydraulic operated fluid in the operating mechanism at the lowest permissible
pressure before make up. The opening time at the lowest pressure for a
particular operation shall not exceed the guaranteed operating time within any
value of trip coil supply voltage as specified.
Trip lockout shall be provided to prevent operations of the circuit breaker

below the minimum specified hydraulic pressure.
All hydraulic joints shall have no oil leakage under the site conditions and
joints shall be tested at factory against oil leakage at minimum of 1.5 times
maximum working pressure
The Tenderer may propose any other type of operating mechanism as per the
standard practice. However such operating mechanism shall be of proven
design, operation and shall be in successful and trouble free operation for
atleast two years in two power plants.
d. SF6 SUPERVISION
For SF6 density control, a density monitoring system shall be provided.. The
system shall consists of temperature compensate pressure element provided
with the following facilities:
• SF6 density indication

• "SF6 low density " alarm (SF6 refilling is required)
• "SF6 very low density" (trip prevention on 1st tripping circuit)
• "SF6 very low density" (trip prevention on 2nd tripping circuit)
e. CB CONTROL
For each CB, two tripping coils shall be provided. One tripping circuit
(primary) shall be wired in the CB local control panel suitable also for remote
control. The secondary circuit shall be wired up to the control panel terminal
blocks for remote control. In case of loss of drive energy on operating
mechanism, loss of control power supply or very low density of SF6, the
control circuit shall keep the CB in the fully closed or open position.
f. DISCONNECTING AND EARTHING SWITCHES
The off load disconnecting switch shall be installed downstream the CB, line
side. It shall be air insulated, telescopic type, with sliding tubular contacts and
hinged point on the line side.
Earthing switches shall be installed one on the generator side (upstream the
CB) and the other on the line side (downstream the disconnecting switch).
They shall be air insulated, blade type and with hinged point connected to
earth.
Operating mechanism of the above switches shall be 3 phase, by electric

motor. A manual (mechanical) operating mechanism shall also be provided
for maintenance and emergency purpose.
Suitable electrical and mechanical interlocks shall be provided to avoid wrong

operation on the disconnecting switch, earthing switches and CB.
The visual check of the position of the above switches shall be possible from
outside the phase enclosure by means of inspection windows.
Electrical characteristics and performances of switches shall be stated in the

clause no. 7.00.00.
The Tenderer may propose any other type of operating mechanism as per the
standard practice. However such operating mechanism shall be of proven
design, operation and shall be in successful and trouble free operation for
atleast two years in two power plants.
g. SHORT CIRCUIT DEVICES
The CB system shall be equipped with short circuit link (for relay testing).
The short circuit link shall be installed between the circuit breaker and the
disconnecting switch in order to actuate the 3 phase unearthed short circuit
on the generator terminals by closing the CB.
The short circuit link shall be manually mounted by removing the specific
doors on the CB system phase enclosures.
Electrical characteristics and performances of short circuit device shall be as

stated in the annexure.
h. CB SYSTEM CONTROL PANEL
For the interlocks, control and supervision of the complete CB system a local
control panel, installed on the CB system support framework, shall be
provided.
The control panel shall be wired up to suitable terminal blocks for incoming

and outgoing cable connections. Incoming and outgoing cables shall be by
cable glands. The control panel shall be insulated from CB system and
suitable for earthing.
The control panel shall be equipped with active mimic diagram for the control
and supervision of the main and auxiliary equipment of the system.
Control system shall be suitable for remote control and supervision. For
remote control the following operation shall be possible by using
LOCAL/REMOTE selector switches installed on the local control panel:
• Control (ON/OFF) of Circuit Breaker

• Control (ON/OFF) of all switches (disconnecting, earthing, short circuit,
starting, etc.)
• Provisions for remote alarming and signalling by free of voltage contacts,
shall be provided as follows:
• Position (ON/OFF) of Circuit Breaker
• Position (ON/OFF) of all Switches (disconnecting, earthing, starting, etc.)
• Each alarm status (SF6 density, CB trip coil failure, CB or switch operating
mechanisms failure, loss of auxiliary voltage, etc.)
• Position of each LOCAL/REMOTE selector switches.
Signalling lamps colours shall be according IEC 60073
Auxiliary relays shall meet the requirements of IEC 60255; they shall be plug-
in type with the base suitable to avoid wrong insertions and shall be suitable
for permanent energisation without economy resistor
The minimum requested number of potential free auxiliary contacts available

and wired up shall be :
• 10NC+14NO for each C.B.

• 6NC+8NO for each disconnecting switch
• 8NC+6NO for each earthing switch
• 3NC+5NO for each starting switch
These shall be available exclusively for purchaser’s use.
i. WIRING
Wiring shall be complete in all respects to ensure proper functioning of the
control, protection, and monitoring and interlocking schemes.
Wiring shall be done with flexible 1100 V grade, PVC insulated, switchboard
wires with 2.5 mm2 stranded copper conductor. Wiring between individual poles
and control cubicle shall be routed through G.I. conduits.
Each wire shall be identified at both ends with permanent markers bearing
wire numbers as per Contractor's wiring diagram.
Wire termination shall be done with crimping type connectors with insulating
All spare contacts of relays, push buttons, auxiliary switches etc. shall be
wired up to terminal blocks in the control cubicle.
j. TERMINAL BLOCKS
Terminal blocks shall be 1100 V grade, box - clamp type ELMEX 10mm2 or
approved equal.
Not more than two wires shall be connected to any terminal. Spare terminals
Terminal blocks shall be located to allow easy access. Wiring shall be so

k. GROUNDING
Two grounding pads, located on the opposite sides of control box shall be
provided for connection to station ground mat.
Grounding pad shall have clean buffed surface with two tapped holes, M10
Brass bolts and spring washers for connection to 120 sq mm soft drawn bare
stranded tinned copper conductor..
l. AUXILIARY SUPPLY
Single feeder for A.C. power supply will be made available.
Isolating switch fuse unit shall be provided for each of the incoming supply
along with automatic changeover scheme to switch on to the standby source
in case of failure of the normal supply.
m. PAINTING
The external surfaces, after cleaning, shall be given a coat of high quality
epoxy based primer followed by filler coats.
The CB assembly shall be finished with two coats of battle ship grey (IS
Shade # 632) epoxy based paint.
The paints shall be carefully selected to withstand tropical heat, rain etc. The
paint shall not scale off or crinkle or be removed by abrasion due to normal
handling.
Sufficient quantity of touch up paint shall be furnished for application after

installation at site.
If it is considered necessary, the CB may be given a further coating at site by

the Owner. The Tenderer shall therefore indicate the type and quality of the
paint with full specification for this purpose.
n. CURRENT TRANSFORMER
The current transformers shall be cast-resin, ring type, mounted within the
generator circuit breaker enclosures and suitable for operation at an ambient
temperature equal to rated generator circuit breaker temperature.
The design shall permit removal or replacement of C.T.s.
The C.T.s shall have polarity markings indelibly marked on them.
C.T. secondary leads will be brought out to separate terminal box mounted on
or adjacent to C.T. enclosure. From phase terminal boxes, C.T. secondary
leads shall be brought out through non-magnetic metallic conduits to a master
terminal box.
The terminal boxes shall be dust-tight, weather-proof, fabricated from

aluminium alloy and complete with screwed cover for access to terminals and
removable gland plate.
o. VOLTAGE TRANSFORMER
The V.T. cubicles, one for each phase, shall be metal-clad, dust and vermin
proof, free standing dead front assemblies.
Each phase cubicle shall house three (3) voltage transformers, one (1) in
separate compartments.
The voltage transformer shall be cast-resin type, suitable for nominal

operation connected from line to ground, and for 1.73 times rated line to
ground voltage under sustained emergency condition.
The voltage transformer shall be mounted on drawout type carriage. Suitable

guide slots and stops shall be provided to ensure easy withdrawal and
positioning.
In the disconnected position, the voltage transformer primary and secondary

circuits shall be automatically disconnected and the primary fuse shall be
visibly grounded. The drawout frame shall be grounded at all times.
The high voltage winding of the voltage transformer shall be protected by

current limiting fuse mounted on top of the primary bushing. The fuse will be
accessible only in fully drawn out position.
The secondary leads from the voltage transformer shall be extended to a fuse
and terminal cabinet flush mounted on the compartment.
From phase cabinets the V.T. secondary leads shall be brought to a

marshalling box having sufficient number of terminals to accommodate all
V.T. leads, facility for making star points and removable plates with
knockouts.

p. Digital Input /Analog Input and Digital Output to DDCMIS
The following Input / Outputs shall be arranged in Generator Circuit breaker for
remote closing and opening and to meet interfacing requirements of DDCMIS.
• Circuit breaker NO, NC auxiliary contacts.

• Local remote selection.
• Operation counter.
• Circuit breaker close/open.
Any other parameters required for permissive to operate the generator circuit
breakers shall be controlled and monitored at DDCMIS
3.04.00 Fittings & Accessories
The following fittings and accessories shall be provided.
3.04.01 Generator Circuit Breaker:
a. Mechanical position indicator marked ÒN’ and ÒFF’ visible externally

to the operating mechanism.
b. Manual mechanical trip, three-pole.
c. Operations counter, one per pole
d. Device for manual slow closing and opening during maintenance
e. Anti-pumping and trip-free mechanism

f. SF6 pressure gauge (for SF6 interrupter)
g. Hydraulic operating mechanism
h. Control cabinet
3.04.02 Isolating Switch
a. Motorised drive
b. Mechanical position indicator marked ÒN’ and ÒFF’ visible externally

c. Emergency manual operation-hand crank
d. Key interlocking in closed and open position
e. Control cabinet
3.04.03 Earthing Switch
a. Motorised drive

b. Mechanical position indicator marked ÒN’ and ÒFF’ visible externally
c. Key interlocking in closed and open positions
d. Control cabinet.
4.00.00 OPERATING CONDITIONS/REQUIREMENTS
With the ambient of 50 deg C the temperature rise limits for enclosure shall
be 20 deg C. Other components of the Generator Circuit breaker shall be
within the limits specified in IEC 600694
5.00.00 INSPECTION AND TESTING
5.01.00 General
The equipments shall be tested as per the QAP submitted by the bidder at the
manufacturers works in presence of owner’s representative.
Only type tested equipments are acceptable. For type tests TENDERER shall
furnish test reports for the tests carried out on an identical machine, during
TENDER stage and also after award of contract
5.02.00 Shop Tests
5.02.01 Generator Circuit Breaker
a. ROUTINE TESTS
• Power frequency voltage withstand dry tests on the main circuit.
• Voltage withstand tests on control and auxiliary circuits.
• Measurement of resistance of the main circuit.
• Mechanical operating tests.
• Tests for auxiliary electrical, pneumatic/hydraulic devices.
• Verification of wiring
• Design and visual checks.
b. TYPE TESTS
• Dielectric tests on main, auxiliary and control circuits.
• Radio interference voltage test.

• Measurement of resistance on the main current path.
• Temperature rise tests.
• Short-time withstand current and peak withstand current tests on main

contacts and earthing switches.
• Making and breaking tests.
• Tests to verify the degree of protection of enclosures.
• Tightness tests.
• Mechanical tests.
• Verification of degree of protection
• Measurement of leakage currents.
• Environmental tests.
• Capacitive current switching tests
• Magnetizing and small inductive current switching tests.
a. ROUTINE TESTS
During manufacture and on completion, all equipment shall be subjected to the

Routine
Tests as laid down in Indian Standard. List of major Routine tests are furnished
below.
Tenderer to note that the list is not exhaustive. All Routine test shall be carried
out as stipulated in latest Indian standard(s) though not specifically listed.
• Verification of terminal marking & polarity.
• Power frequency dry withstand test on primary winding.
• Power frequency dry withstand test on secondary winding.
• Partial discharge measurement in accordance with IS: 11322:1985
• Determination of errors or other characteristics according to the

requirements of the appropriate designation or accuracy class.
• Accuracy test
• Power frequency test.

b. TYPE TESTS
Type test certificates as stipulated in Indian Standard, shall be furnished. List

of major Type tests are furnished below. Tenderer to note that the list is not
exhaustive. All Type test certificates carried out as stipulated in latest Indian
standard(s) shall be furnished though not specifically listed
• Temperature rise test.
• Lightning impulse voltage test for voltage transformers for service in

electrically exposed installation.
• High voltage power frequency withstand voltage test on outdoor voltage

transformers upto and including 245kV.
• Accuracy limit test.
• Impulse voltage test
• Transient response test
a. ROUTINE TESTS
During manufacture and on completion, all equipment shall be subjected to

the Routine Tests as laid down in Indian Standard. List of major Routine tests
are furnished below. Tenderer to note that the list is not exhaustive. All
Routine test shall be carried out as stipulated in latest Indian standard(s)
though not specifically listed.
• Verification of terminal marking & polarity.
• Power frequency dry withstand test on primary winding.
• Power frequency dry withstand test on secondary winding.
• Over voltage inter-turn test.
• Partial discharge measurement in accordance with IS : 11322:1985.

• Current error, phase displacement and Composite error (for protection

CTs)
• Accuracy test ( for measuring CTs)
• Knee point voltage and excitation current( for special class CTs)
• Measurement of secondary winding resistance ( for special class CTs)

• Turns ratio ( for special class CTs)
b. TYPE TESTS
Type test certificates as stipulated in Indian Standard, shall be furnished.

List of major Type tests are furnished below. Tenderer to note that the list is
not exhaustive. All type test certificates carried out as stipulated in latest
Indian standard(s) shall be furnished though not specifically listed.
• Short time current tests.
• Temperature rise test.
• Lightning impulse voltage test for current transformers for service in

electrically exposed installation.
• High voltage power frequency wet withstand voltage test on outdoor

current transformers up to and including 245kV.

• Current error and phase displacement.(for protection CTs)
• Composite error (for protection CTs)
• Accuracy test & Instrument security current test (for measuring CTs)
Tests shall be performed in presence of Owner’s representative if so desired

by the Owner.
5.04.00 Site Tests
The GCB shall be erected as per good engineering practice and all checks/tests
necessary to ensure receipt of correct material component, proper storage of
material/component, correctness of erection as per drawing/specification and the
following tests shall also be carried out in addition to the routine tests cited above
except (a)
5.04.01 Generator Circuit Breaker:

a. AC & DC control supply availability.
b. Polarity of DC terminals.
c. IR value of control wiring.
d. Contact resistance measurement.

e. IR value check of each pole.
f. SF6 density monitoring.
g. Checking of SF6 pressure contacts.
h. Breaker timing test.
i. Leakage test.
k. Checking of all interlocks, annunciations and auxiliary contacts.
l. Operational checks.
m. Millivolt drop test of bolted joints.
5.04.02 Voltage Transformer:
a. Insulation resistance test.
b. Secondary winding resistance.
c. Polarity test.
d. Ratio test.
5.04.03 Current Transformer:
a. Insulation resistance test for CT and control cable to earth.
b. Secondary resistance test.
c. Ratio test.
d. Polarity test.
Drawings, Data and Manuals shall be submitted in triplicate with the Tender
and in quantities and procedures as specified in General Conditions of
Contract and/or elsewhere in this specification for approval and subsequent
distribution after the issue of Letter of Intent.
6.01.00 To be submitted with the Tender.
6.01.01 Typical general arrangement drawings of the equipment.

fittings / terminal connections etc.
6.01.03 Technical leaflets on equipment explaining construction features, principle of

operation, special features etc.
6.01.04 Type test certificate on similar equipment.
6.01.05 Calculation of generator circuit breaker short circuit breaking current.
6.02.00 To be submitted after award of contract.

fittings / terminal connections etc.
6.02.02 Transport/shipping dimensions with weights.
6.02.03 Foundation plan and loading.
6.02.04 Assembly drawing for erection at site with part numbers and schedule of
materials.
6.02.04 Control schematic and wiring diagram.
6.02.05 CT parameters calculations in line with the approved relay schemes
6.02.08 Instruction manuals of circuit breakers and its accessories.
The manual shall clearly indicate method of installation, check ups and tests to
be carried out before commissioning of the equipment.
7.00.00 DATA SHEETS AND SCHEDULES

The proposal data sheets and schedules furnished shall be filled in without
any ambiguity by typing in appropriate place on each page. These pages
must be properly signed by authorised representative of the Tenderer as
verification of the data and submitted along with the Tender to form part of the
Tenderer's formal proposal.
7.01.00 General
7.01.01 Type : Assembly of 3 nos. single pole units each

containing Generator Circuit Breaker,
Isolating Switch and Earthing Switch.
7.01.02 Service : Indoor
7.01.03 Mounting : Horizontal, to fit into phase isolated

generator bus duct system.
7.01.04 Enclosure : Enclosed in cylindrical aluminium duct for

each phase.

7.01.05 Cooling : Natural Air cooled
7.01.06 Frequency : 50 Hz
7.01.07 No. of poles : 3
7.01.08 Nominal operating voltage : * KV (*- During Detail Engineering)
7.01.09 Rated continuous current : 25000A
7.02.01 Interruptor type : SF6
7.02.02 Operating mechanism : Hydraulically charged, stored energy

spring mechanism type with common
operating mechanism for the three
poles/any other approved type of
operating mechanism.
7.02.03 Symmetrical breaking : 150 KA (To be finalized during detail Engg)

current
7.02.04 Asym. breaking current : As per IEEE Std. C37.013
7.02.05 Rated short time making : As per IEEE Std. C37.013

current
7.02.06 Rated duty cycle : CO – 30 min. – CO
7.03.00 Isolating Switch
7.03.01 Location : On generator transformer side of the GCB.
7.03.03 Operating mechanism : Motorised ; also manual
7.04.00 Earthing Switch
7.04.01 Location : On generator side as well as transformer

side of the GCB
7.04.02 Operating mechanism : Motorised; common; common for the three

poles.

VOLUME : IIF/1
SECTION‐IX TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATION
FOR
GENERATOR TRANSFORMERS

CONTENT


1.00.00 SCOPE OF SUPPLY VOL.II-F1/SEC-IX: 1
2.00.00 CODES AND STANDARDS VOL.II-F1/SEC-IX: 1
3.00.00 DESIGN CRITERIA VOL.II-F1/SEC-IX: 2
4.00.00 SPECIFIC REQUIREMENTS VOL.II-F1/SEC-IX: 3
5.00.00 TESTS VOL.II-F1/SEC-IX: 10
6.00.00 SPECIAL TOOLS AND TACKLES VOL.II-F1/SEC-IX: 13
7.00.00 DRAWINGS DATA & MANUALS VOL.II-F1/SEC-IX: 13
ATTACHMENTS
ANNEXURE-A RATINGS AND REQUIREMENTS VOL.II-F1/SEC-IX: 16
ANNEXURE-B FITTINGS AND ACCESSORIES VOL.II-F1/SEC-IX: 19
ANNEXURE-C AUXILIARY EQUIPMENT VOL.II-F1/SEC-IX: 21

VOLUME: IIF‐1
SECTION‐IX
FOR
GENERATOR TRANSFORMER

1.01.00 * / 420/√3 KV, 1 phase, 270MVA Generator Transformer: 7 nos. (6 nos. +1

no. Spare)
Spare transformer shall be provided without cooler. MVA rating of generator

transformer, as indicated above, shall be considered as the minimum
requirement for the project. Generator transformer offered by the bidder shall
be sized according to the clause no. 3.08.00 of the specification.
The GT shall be suitable for back charging operation for charging MV and LT
switchgear.
1.01.01 Each transformer shall be furnished complete with: -
a) Fittings and accessories
b) Auxiliary equipment
c) First filling of oil including 10% extra
1.01.03 One set of special tools and tackles
1.01.04 Mandatory Spare parts
1.01.05 Recommended spare parts for three (3) years operation in addition to
mandatory spares
Note- ‘*’ Generation Voltage, KV
accordance with the latest editions including all applicable amendments of
relevant Indian Standards (IS) and IEC except where modified and/or
supplemented by this specification.
2.01.02 Transformers IS : 2026, IS: 6600, IEC:60076, CBIP Manual

CPCPL-Super Critical TPP-Tharangambadi VOL.II‐F1/SEC‐IX: 1
DCPL-11Z02
on Transformer – Publication No:295
Insulating oil As per IEC: 296, IS: 335
Bushing CTs As per IEC 185
Off circuit Tap Changer As per IEC 60214

(OCTC)
Bushing IS : 2099
Condenser bushing IS : 12676 – 1989

Fittings & accessories for power transformers - IS-3639
Code of practice for selection installation& maintenance of transformers – IS-10028
3.01.00 The transformer will be used to connect up the generator to the extra high
voltage system for evacuation of power.
3.02.00 The transformer will be installed in hot, humid and tropical atmosphere. All
equipment, accessories and wiring shall be provided with tropical finish to
prevent fungus growth.
3.03.00 The transformer shall be capable of continuous operation at rated output

under the following condition :
a) Voltage variation : ± 10%
b) Frequency variation : ± 5%
c) Combined voltage and

frequency variation : 10%
absolute sum)
Loading capability: Continuous operation at rated MVA on any tap with

voltage variation of ± 10% corresponding to the voltage of the tap as well as
in accordance with IS-6600 . In addition, all the transformers shall be able to
operate at full load for at least ten (10) minutes without exceeding the
calculated winding hot spot temperature of 150 deg.C in the event of
complete failure of power supply to cooling equipment. The transformer shall
be capable of being loaded to a load of 150% in accordance with IS 6600, IEC
60354 without any limitation imposed by tap changer , bushing or any other
equipment.
3.04.00 The transformer shall be so designed that it is capable of operation at 125%

rated voltage for a period of one minute and 140% rated voltage for a period
of five seconds due to sudden load throw off.
3.05.00 The transformer shall be capable of withstanding the short circuit stresses
due to a terminal fault on one winding with full voltage maintained on the
other winding for minimum period of two (2) seconds.
3.06.00 The transformer shall be free from annoying hum or vibration. The design
DCPL-11Z02
shall be such as not to cause any undesirable interference with radio or
communication circuits.
3.07.00 The noise level shall be limited to the value specified by NEMA Standard
Publication No. TR-1-1993 when measured in accordance with conditions
outlines in ANSI/IEEE C57.12.90-1999/IS13964/CBIP publication.
3.08.00 Generator Transformer should be sized to deliver the gross unit output of the
generator with turbine operation in VWO (Valve Wide Open) condition and
Unit Transformer out of service. The loads of this Unit Transformer will be
supplied from the station bus for an extended period of time.
4.01.00 Tanks
4.01.01 The tank shall be fabricated from good commercial grade low carbon steel of
adequate thickness. Transformer having capacity 100MVA and above shall
be bell type construction.
4.01.02 The tank wall shall be reinforced by stiffener to ensure rigidity so that it can
withstand without any deformation (a) mechanical shock during
transportation, (b) oil filling by vacuum, (c) Short circuit forces and (d)
continuous internal pressure of 35 kN/m2 over normal hydrostatic pressure of
oil.
4.01.03 All removable covers shall be provided with weatherproof, hot oil resistant,
resilient gaskets. The design shall be such as to prevent any ingress of water
into or oil from the tank.
4.01.04 The tank shall be provided with one set of bi-directional flanged wheels for
rolling the transformer parallel to either center line over 1676 mm rail gauge.
In case more than two rails are required to be provided the rail gauge of 1676
mm shall be maintained between two adjacent rails
4.01.05 Jacking pads, lifting eyes and pulling lugs shall be provided to facilitate
movement of the transformer. All heavy removal parts shall be provided with
eye bolt for ease of handling.
4.01.06 Manholes/hand-holes of sufficient size shall be provided for access to leads,

windings, bottom terminals of bushings and taps.
4.01.07 Suitable guide shall be provided in the tank for positioning the core and coil
assembly.
4.02.00 Core & Coils
4.02.01 The core shall be built up with high grade, non-aging, low loss, high
permeability, grain oriented, cold-rolled silicon steel laminations especially
suitable for core material.
4.02.02 The coils shall be manufactured from electrolytic copper conductor and fully
insulated for rated voltage. However, HV winding shall be non-uniformly

DCPL-11Z02
graded for voltage class above about 33kV. Insulation shall be of Class A.
4.02.03 Insulating material shall be of proven design. Coils shall be so insulated that
impulse and power frequency voltage stresses are minimum.
4.02.04 Coil assembly shall be suitably supported between adjacent sections by

insulating spacers and barriers. Bracing and other insulation used in
assembly of the winding shall be arranged to ensure a free circulation of the
oil and to reduce the hot spot of the winding.
4.02.05 All leads from the windings to the terminal board and bushings shall be rigidly
supported to prevent injury from vibration or short circuit stresses. Guide tube
shall be used where practicable.
4.02.06 The core and coil assembly shall be securely fixed in position so that no
shifting or deformation occurs during movement of transformer or under short
circuit stresses.
4.03.00 Tappings
4.03.01 Off-circuit tap change (OCTC) as specified in the annexure shall be provided
on the high voltage winding.
4.03.02 The transformer shall be capable of operation at its rated KVA on any tap
provided the voltage does not vary by more than ±10% of the rated voltage
corresponding to the tap.
4.03.03 The winding including the tapping arrangement shall be designed to maintain
electromagnetic balance between HV and LV windings at all voltage ratios.
4.04.00 Off-Circuit Tap Changer (OCTC)
4.04.01 The off-circuit tap changing of 3nos. single phase transformer bank of a 3-
phase system shall be effected by individual tap change switch of each
transformer. Interlocks shall be provided for each tap position with limit
switches or a suitable arrangement such that transformers cannot be
energized unless the taps of all the transformers of the same bank are in the
same position. Contacts shall also be provided to give alarm and de-energize
the transformer in case any tap of any transformer of the same bank is in
different position.
Arrangement shall such that switch can be operated at standing height from
ground level.
4.04.02 The operating handle can be padlocked at any tap position. The design shall
be such that the lock cannot be inserted unless the contacts are correctly
engaged.
4.04.03 The mechanism shall be provided with a mechanical tap position indicator
and an operation counter.
4.04.04 All contacts shall be silver plated and held in position under strong contact
pressure to ensure low contact drop and avoid pitting.

DCPL-11Z02
4.05.00 Insulating oil
4.05.01 The transformer shall be filled with mineral insulating oil suitably inhibited to
prevent sludging.
4.05.02 First filling of oil along with 10% excess shall be furnished for each
transformer. Oil shall be supplied in non-returnable containers suitable for
outdoor storage.
4.05.03 Oil preservation shall be by means of bellows/ diaphragm sealed conservator

tank with silica gel breather to avoid direct connection between atmosphere
and transformer oil. It shall be complete with level gauges, pipes, drain valve,
buchholz relay with shut-off valves at both sides etc. The level gauges shall
be so placed that same can be readable standing from ground. Necessary
device shall be kept to provide annunciation in the event of rupturing of
bellow.
4.05.04 Oil property and their permissible values shall be as follows:
Sr.
PROPERTY PERMISSIBLE VALUES
No
1. Kinematic Viscosity, mm2/s < 11.0 at 40°C <1800.0 at (-) 30°C
2. Flash Point, degC >140°C
3. Pour Point, degC < (-)6°C
4. Appearance Clear, free from sediment and

suspended matter
5. Density kg/dm3 at 20°C < 0.895
6. Interfacial Tension N/m at 27°C 0.04
7. Neutralization value, mg KOH/g < 0.015
8. Corrosive sulphur Non Corrosive
9. Water content mg/kg < 30 in bulk supply < 40 in drum
supply
10. Anti oxidants additives Not detectable
11. Oxidation Stability
Neutralization value mgKOH/g < 0.4

Sludge, % by mass < 0.1
12. Breakdown voltage

> 30 > 50
As delivered, kV After treatment, kV
13. Dissipation factor, at 90°C and 40 Hz < 0.005

to 60 Hz
14. PCA content < 1%
15. Impulse withstand Level, kVp > 145

DCPL-11Z02
16. Gassing tendency at 50 Hz after 120 <5
min, mm3/min
4.06.00 Bushing
4.06.01 Bushing rated 52 KV class and above shall be oil impregnated paper
condenser bushings. Bushing rated below 52KV voltage class shall be solid
porcelain or oil communicating type.
4.06.02 Condenser type bushing shall be provided with oil level gauge, bottom drain
plug and test terminal for measurement of loss factor (tan-delta) and
capacitance.
4.06.03 Bushings shall be provided with terminal connectors of approved type and
size.
4.06.04 Bushing location shall provide adequate phase and ground clearances.
4.07.00 Terminal Arrangements
4.07.01 The physical position of the terminals and the markings shall be as per
relevant IS/IEC unless otherwise required to suit the layout.
4.07.02 High voltage terminals shall be brought out thru' top cover mounted bushings
for connection to overhead ACSR/AAAC/Al tube conductors.
4.07.03 High voltage winding neutral for each single-phase transformer shall be
brought out thru' top cover mounted bushing for neutral formation. All
necessary insulators, 10x125 mm hard copper flat, mounting hardwares will
be supplied along with one of three single phase transformer. However
provision for neutral grounding shall be provided in all transformers.
4.07.04 Two (2) nos. Low voltage terminals for each single phase transformer shall be
brought out thru' top cover mounted bushings with matching flanges around
each bushing for necessary delta connection by isolated phase bus duct. The
contractor shall furnish all necessary details in this connection for co-
ordination with the bus duct, and shall guarantee the matching dimensions
within close tolerance.
4.07.05 In general, the arrangement shall be such as to permit removal of transformer

without dismantling the bus duct/cable connection
4.08.00 Cooling System
4.08.01 The transformer cooling system ONAN/ONAF/OFAF type.
The cooling system shall comprise of two units of 50% each. Each cooling unit
shall be complete with its radiator banks, pumps, fans and other accessories.
Each cooling unit shall be provided with two (2) nos. 50% capacity oil pumps
and number of cooling fans.

DCPL-11Z02
4.08.02 Transformer fitted with multiple cooling units but without having stand-by
cooling units, it shall be able to deliver its rated output not exceeding specified
temperature rise and calculated hot-spot temperature of 150 degree
centigrade under following conditions:
a) for 10 minutes after failure of the oil and/or water circulating pumps and
blowers.
b) for 20 minutes in the event of failure of the oil and/or water circulating
pumps and blowers associated with one cooler unit
4.08.03 The radiators shall be detachable type with top and bottom isolation valves to
permit the removal of the same without drainage of oil from the tank.
4.08.04 All fans shall have safety guard. Pumps shall be provided with flow indicators
for visual indication of oil flow.
4.08.05 Convenient means shall be provided to remove or replace any pump or fan
with the transformer in service.
4.08.06 Complete control for pumps and fans inclusive of all switches, fuses, starters,
relays and wiring shall be furnished. Each motor circuit shall have over load
and short-circuit protection.
4.08.07 Pump and fan motor controls will be actuated automatically from winding
temperature indicator contacts. Provision shall however be kept for manual
operation from local cooler control panel and remote from central control
room by serial link communication with the plant DCCMIS and from ECP also.
4.08.08 Necessary auxiliary contacts i.e. NO and NC contacts shall be provided for
remote annunciation and SCADA connectivity for cooling fans and pumps,
OTI, WTI, Buchholz Relay, Surge Relay, PRV, MOG etc.
4.08.09 4-20mA signal to be provided for OTI & WTI for remote display and DCS/
SCADA connectivity.
4.09.00 Control shall be from electrical control panel / DDCMIS.
4.09.01 The transformer cooler control panel shall be used for control, interlocking,
metering and indication of cooler control system of transformer and shall be
installed outdoor near the transformer coolers.
4.09.02 Control panels shall be of CRCA sheet steel construction with protection class
of IPW-55 for outdoor installation.
4.09.03 The frames and load bearing panels shall be fabricated of not less than 2 mm
thick sheet steel. The doors and covers shall not be less than 1.6mm thick.
All access doors shall be provided with channel rubber/ neoprene gaskets all
round.
4.09.04 The operating height shall be limited from 750mm to 1800mm. The total
height of the panel and its depth shall be matched with adjacent panel.

DCPL-11Z02
4.09.05 The operating handle shall have locking arrangement. The panels shall be
complete with floor channel sills, vibration damping pads and stainless steel
kick plates.
4.09.06 All instrument, relays, switches, etc. mounted on the front face of the panel
shall be flush or semi flush type. Switch contacts shall be silver faced and
rated at least 10 Amp at operating voltage. Push buttons shall have required
number of contacts.
4.09.07 Panel shall be provided with internal illumination lamp with door switch, space
heater with thermostat one 5A, 3 pin receptacles with plug.
4.09.08 The annunciation system shall be solid-state type with optical isolation for
input signals. It shall be complete with its own power supply, audible alarms,
acknowledge, reset, and test buttons and other necessary accessories.
4.09.09 The control panels shall be fully wired up at factory. All spare contacts of
relays and switches shall be wires up to the terminal blocks.
4.09.10 The panel shall have provision of cable entry from bottom. Bottom gland
plate shall be 3mm thick.
4.09.11 50 x 6 mm copper ground bus shall be provided on the panel extending along
the entire length of the assembly. The ground bus shall have two-bolt drilling
with GI bolts and nuts at each end to receive Owner/Purchaser's ground
connection of 75x10 mm G.I. flat.
4.10.00 Marshalling Box
4.10.01 A sheet steel, weatherproof, IPW55, marshalling box shall be provided for the
transformer. The box shall contain all auxiliary devices except those which
must be located directly on the transformer.
4.10.02 All terminal blocks for Owner/Purchaser's cable connection shall be located in
this box. The terminal blocks shall be ELMEX 10 mm2 or approved equal.
4.10.03 The marshalling box shall be provided with cubicle lamp with door switch,
space heater with thermostat and removable cable gland plate.
4.11.00 Wiring
4.11.01 All control, alarm and indication devices provided with the transformer shall
be wired upto the terminal blocks.
4.11.02 Wiring shall be done with flexible, 1100V/650V grade PVC wires in conduit or
PVC armored cable. Minimum wire size shall be 2.5-mm2 copper. Not more
than two wires shall be connected to a terminal. 10% spare terminals shall be
provided.
4.11.03 Multi-way terminal block complete with mounting channel, binding screws and
washers for wire connections and marking strip for circuit identification shall
be provided for terminating the panel wiring. Terminals shall be stud type,
suitable for terminating 2 nos. 2.5 mm2 stranded copper conductor and

DCPL-11Z02
provided with acrylic insulating cover. Terminals for C.T. secondary leads
shall have provision for shorting and grounding.
4.11.04 All devices and terminal blocks shall be identified by symbols corresponding
to those used in applicable schematic or wiring diagram. Each wire shall be
identified, at both ends, with interlocking type permanent markers bearing
wire numbers as per Contractor's Wiring Diagrams. AC / DC wiring shall have
separate color-coding.
4.12.00 Grounding
4.12.01 The grounding pads, located on the opposite sides of the tank, shall be
4.12.02 Grounding pad shall have clean buffed surface with two tapped holes, M10
G.I. bolts and spring washers for connection to 75x10 mm G.I. flat.
4.12.03 Ground terminals shall be also provided on marshalling box to ensure its
effective earthing.
4.12.04 For continuity of earth connection, all gasketted joints shall be provided with
braided copper wire jumpers.
4.12.05 Neutral of 400kV class winding shall be solidly earthed.
4.13.00 Auxiliary Supply
4.13.01 A.C. supply will be made available to each transformer by two separate
feeders one normal and the other standby.
4.13.02 Isolating switch fuse unit shall be provided for each of the incoming supply
4.14.01 Neutral bushing current transformers and phase bushing current transformers
shall be provided as per final approved SLD
4.14.02 The arrangement shall be such that the C.T. can be removed from the
transformer without removing the tank cover.
4.14.03 CT secondary leads shall be wired upto the terminal blocks.
4.15.00 Painting
The cleaning and painting procedure shall be as indicated in CBIP Manual on
Transformer – Publication No: 275 clause 1.6.The procedure need to be
submitted during engineering and to be approved by owner/consultant

DCPL-11Z02
4.15.01 All steel surfaces shall be thoroughly cleaned by sand blasting or chemical
agents as required, to produce a smooth surface free of scales, grease and
rust.
4.15.02 The internal surfaces in contact with insulating oil shall be painted with fully
glossy white paint which shall not react with and be soluble in the insulating
liquid used.
4.15.03 The external surfaces, after cleaning, shall be given a coat of high quality red
oxide or yellow chromate primer followed by filler coats.
4.15.04 The transformer shall be finished two coats of RAL7032 paint unless
otherwise specified.
4.15.05 The paints shall be carefully selected to withstand tropical heat, rain etc. The
handling.
4.15.06 Sufficient quantity of touch up paint shall be furnished for application after
4.15.07 If it is considered necessary, the transformer may be given a further coating

at site by the Owner/Purchaser. The Bidder shall therefore indicate the type
and quality of the paint with full specification for this purpose.
4.15.08 All supporting structures and hardware shall be hot dip galvanized.
4.16.00 Transportation
4.16.01 Transformer tank shall be dispatched filled with oil or pure dry inert Nitrogen
gas depending upon the transport weight limitations. A positive pressure of 2
to 2.5 Psi at temperature of 36oC approximate shall be kept. In case the tank
is filled with oil, sufficient space is left above the oil to take care of the
expansion of the oil. The space is filled with pure dry air or inert gas under
atmospheric pressure.
The temperature and pressure at the time of gas filling shall be marked on a
tag. A graph showing pressure vs. temperature shall be attached for reading
pressures at different temperatures. Necessary valves, two-stage pressure
regulators, filled up Nitrogen cylinder etc. along with other accessories
required shall be provided with the tank for intermittent replenishment during
transportation.
4.16.02 Impact Recorder
Impact recorder/indicator shall be provided to monitor the impact experienced

by the transformer during transport.
5.00.00 TESTS
During manufacture and on completion, all transformers shall be subjected to

DCPL-11Z02
the routine tests in accordance with latest IEC 60076 and its different parts.
In addition, the following tests shall be performed on each transformer:
5.01.01 Transformer tank with coolers shall be tested for leaks with normal head of oil
plus 35 KN/m2 for a period of 8 hours. If any leak occurs, the test shall be
conducted again after all leaks have been repaired.
5.01.02 During fabrication stage, the tank shall be pressure tested with air at a
pressure corresponding to twice the normal head of oil or normal pressure
plus 35KN/m2 whichever is lower for a period of one hour. Also the tank
designed for full vacuum shall be tested for maximum internal pressure of
3.33KN/m2 for one hour. The permanent deflection of flat plates shall not
exceed CBIP specified figures on release of excess pressure of pressure test
and on release of vacuum.
5.01.03 After assembly, each core shall be pressure tested for one minute at 2KV
(r.m.s.) A.C. between all bolts, side plates, structural steel works and the
core.
5.01.04 The wiring for auxiliary power and control circuitry shall be subjected to
withstand one minute power frequency test with 10KV (r.m.s.) to earth
5.01.05 Frequency Response Analysis test (This test shall also be undertaken by the
manufacturer at site after transformer is installed.)
5.01.06 Measurement of acoustic sound level
5.01.07 Measurement of power consumption of fans and pumps
5.01.08 Measurement of zero sequence impedance(s) on three-phase unit
5.01.09 All tests on Transformer Oil to be carried out as per IS 335
5.01.10 The following routine tests to be conducted on each transformer
a. Measurement of winding resistance for all taps.
b. Measurement of voltage ratio and check of phase displacement.
c. Measurement of short circuit impedance and load loss.
d. Measurement of no load loss and current.
e. Dielectric routine tests.
f. Tests on off circuit tap changers.
g. Knee point voltage and magnetizing current test
h. Accuracy tests (for measuring CTs)
i. Turns ratio (for special class CTs)
j. Measurement of secondary winding resistance (for special class CTs).

DCPL-11Z02
k. Current error, phase displacement and composite error (for protection CTs)
5.02.00 Type Tests
Following type tests shall be performed on one transformer in accordance

with relevant standard:
a) Dielectric type test (IEC60076-3)
b) Temperature rise test.
c) Dielectric special tests as per IEC60076-3
d) Determination of capacitances windings-to-earth and between windings.
e) Measurement of dissipation factor (tan delta) of insulation system

capacitances.
f) Pressure test with deflection measurement.
Cost of such tests shall be quoted separately by the Bidder.
Special test:
a. Short circuit withstand test.
b. Measurement of the harmonics of the no load current.
5.03.00 Miscellaneous
All component parts and auxiliary equipment such as oil, bushings, C.Ts
etc.shall be routine tested as per relevant Indian Standards.
The following tests on transformers shall be conducted:
a) Tank Pressure test
b) Tank vacuum Test
c) DGA test on oil before and after temperature rise test

d) Oil leakage test for 24 hours
e) Magnetic balance test
f) Jacking test on transformer’s load bearing members
g) Repeat no load loss tests after electrical tests

h) Core isolation test (10 kV rms for 1 minute)
i) Core insulation test 2 kV for one (1) minute
j) Excitation loss and current measurement at 90%, 100% &110% of

DCPL-11Z02
rated voltage
k) Pressure Relief Device Test
Tests shall be performed in presence of Owner/Purchaser's representative if

so desired by the Owner/Purchaser. The Contractor shall give at least fifteen
(15) days' advance notice of the date when the tests are to be carried out
six (6) copies for approval of the Owner/Purchaser.
5.05.03 Type test certificates on any equipment, if so desired by the

Owner/Purchaser, shall be furnished. Otherwise the equipment shall have to
be type tested, free of charge, to prove the design.
supplied. The tools and tackles generally available at site are sufficient for
erection and commissioning of transformers. However one set of standard
hand tools as required shall be supplied along with each transformer.
7.01.00 Drawings, Data and Manuals shall be submitted with the bid and for approval
and subsequent distribution after the issue of Letter of Intent in quantities and
procedures as specified in General condition of contract and/or elsewhere in
this specification
7.02.01 Typical general arrangement drawings showing disposition of cooler banks,

fittings, terminal arrangement etc.
7.02.02 Transport/shipping dimensions and weights, space required for handling parts
for maintenance.
7.02.03 Technical leaflets on major components and fittings.
7.02.04 Write-ups on OLTC if specified, oil preservation and cooling system.
7.02.05 Type test certificates including short circuit test report of a similar transformer
(as per the guidance for identification of a similar transformer as defined in
DCPL-11Z02
Annexure-A of IEC 60076-5). The type test certificates shall not be more than
5 years old.
7.03.00 To be submitted for Approval and Distribution

(A) : Approval Category; (R) : Reference Category
7.03.01 Dimensional general arrangement drawing showing disposition of cooler

banks and various fittings (A).
7.03.02 Transport/shipping dimensions with weights, wheel base detail, un-tanking

height etc (R).
7.03.03 Foundation plan & loading (A).
7.03.04 Terminal arrangements and Bus Duct flange details (A).
7.03.05 Flow diagram of the cooling system showing the number of cooling banks,
Pumps, fans etc (A).
7.03.06 Control schematics (A) and wiring diagrams (R).
7.03.07 Cooler Control Scheme (A).
7.03.08 GA of Marshalling Box , Cooler control panel, OLTC cabinet, RTCC panel as
applicable (A).
7.03.09 Rating and Diagram Plate (R).
7.03.10 Cable Interconnection Diagram and Cable schedule (R).
7.03.11 Drawings of major components like bushing, CTs etc (A).
7.03.12 Quality Assurance Plan (R).
7.03.13 Test certificates of transformer and auxiliary equipment (A).
operation and maintenance (R).
7.03.15 Instruction manuals on transformer and its various fittings (R).
The manual shall clearly indicate method of installation, check-ups and tests
7.04.00 The Bidder may note that the drawings, data and manuals listed are minimum
requirement only. The Bidder shall ensure that all other necessary write-ups,
curves and information required to fully describe the equipment offered are
7.05.00 The drawings and documents marked with (A) above are of ‘Approval’
category and are subject to review by Owner. Those marked (R) are for
‘reference’ category.
The Owner/Purchaser may review the documents marked (R) if thought


DCPL-11Z02
documents by the owner does not relieve him of his contractual obligation.
7.06.00 All drawings shall be prepared by using AutoCAD and documents shall be
generated using Electronic version. The paper copy of the drawings &
document shall be submitted for approval & reference. All final drawings and
documents shall be submitted in CD in AutoCAD 2000 and MS office format
as applicable for Owner’s future reference.

DCPL-11Z02
ANNEXURE-A
1.0 Application : Generator Transformer
2.0 Service : Outdoor, step up
3.0 Type : Oil immersed
4.0 Reference standard : IS 2026 & IEC60076
5.0 Rated power : 270MVA
6.0 Rated voltage ratio (line to line) : * / 420/√3 KV
‘*’ -Generation Voltage, KV
7.0 Number of phases of each unit : 1

(1-Ph or 3-PH unit)
8.0 No. of phases : 3
9.0 Rated frequency : 50 Hz
10.0 Cooling system
10.1 Type of Cooling & respective power : ONAN/ONAF/OFAF

Value % of rated power 162/216/270 MVA
10.2 Nos. of cooling units & each capacity : 2 X 50%
11.0 Temperature rise
11.1 Design ambient temperature : 50degree Centigrade
11.2 Temperature rise above design ambient

temperature.
a) in oil by thermometer : 50oC
b) in winding by resistance : 55oC
12.0 Insulation level ( SI : Switching Impulse Voltage,

LI : Lightning Impulse Voltage, AC : Short duration
induced & separate source AC withstand Voltage)
HV- (SI/Li/AC) : 1050KVp/ 1425KVp / 570KVrms
CPCPL-Super Critical TPP-Tharangambadi VOL.II-F1/SEC-II : 16 DCPL-11Z02

ANNEXURE-A
HV Neutral- (LI/AC) : 95 KVp/ 38KVrms
LV- (LI/AC) : 125 KVp/ 50.KVrms
13.0 Vector group : YnD11
14.0 Short-circuit impedance at 75oC : 12-15 % on 270 MVA

at principal tap
15.0 Parallel operation of transformer : Yes, continuously
16.0 Type of taps provided : Off circuit, full capacity
16.1 Taps provided on : H.V. winding
16.2 Range of taps : ± 5 in steps of 2.5%
16.3 Method of Tap charge control-
a) Manual local : Yes

b) Electrical local : No
c) Electrical Remote : No
d) Automatic : No
17.0 Type of tank construction : Bell Type

(bell type or conventional tank with cover)
18.0 Type of Oil preservation system : As Per Specification
19.0 System earthing -
H.V. : Effectively Earthly
L.V. : Unearthed
20.0 Terminal arrangement -
H.V. : AAA/ACSR/ Al. Tube
L.V. : Isolated Phase Bus Duct
H.V. Neutral : 2 nos. 75 x 10 GI Flat
21.0 Transformer bushing : HV LV HV-N
21.1 Voltage class KV(r.m.s.) : 420 36 36
21.2 Material : Porcelain
21.3 Creepage distance mm : 31mm/KV
21.4 Min. Ph-Ph clearance mm : 3500 330 350

ANNEXURE-A
21.5 Min. Ph-Gr clearance mm : 3100 230 320
22.0 System fault Level
HV Side : 40KA (r.m.s.)
LV Side : To be decided by the EPC Bidder
23.0 Max. Flux density in any part of core & : 1.9 Tesla
Yoke at 110% rated voltage
24.0 Max. Noise level in accordance with : As per NEMA Std. TR1
Conditions specified in NEMA Std. TR-1
25.0 Auxiliary supply : 415 V 3 ph. 50 Hz
: 220V +10%, -15% 2 wire DC

ANNEXURE-B
FITTINGS AND ACCESSORIES

Transformer shall be equipped with fittings and accessories as listed below: -
1. Oil conservator with filler cap, drain plug, plain oil level gauge and alarm contacts for
rupturing of bellows/diaphragm.
2. Oil preservation system complete with accessories.
3. Air release plugs.
4. Pressure release device with trip contacts. Explosion vent, if provided, should be
double diaphragm type.`
5. 150 mm dial magnetic oil level gauge with low level alarm contacts
6. 150 mm dial oil temperature indicator with maximum reading pointer and electrically
separate contacts for trip and alarm and embedded temperature detectors (PT-100)
with suitable output for remote indication (data logging).
7. 150 mm dial winding temperature indicator with maximum reading pointer and
electrically separate sets of contacts for trip, alarm and cooler control and embedded
temperature detectors (PT-100) with suitable output for remote indication (data
logging).
8. Remote winding temperature indicator for mounting on Owner/Purchaser's panel with

a separate detector element.
9. Thermometer pockets.
10. Double float Buchholz relay with gas release cock, shut-off valve on either sides with
separate sets of contacts for trip and alarm.
11. Filter valve with threaded adopter (top and bottom).
12. Drain valve with threaded adopter.
13. Sampling valve.
14. Necessary valves for detachable cooler units.
15. Jacking pads, handling and lifting lugs.
16. Cover lifting eyes.
17. Bi-directional flanged wheels and skids.
18. Clamping device with bolts & nuts.
19. Hand-hole of sufficient size for access to interior of the tank.

ANNEXURE-B
20. Two-grounding pads.
21. Ladder with safety device for access to the top of transformer tank.
22. Weather proof marshalling box for housing control equipment and terminal
connections.
23. H.V. and L.V. bushing terminal connectors.
24. Rating and terminal marking plates.
25. Cooler units complete with valves, fans, pumps, oil flow indicators, supporting
structure with fixing and foundation bolts etc as required and Cooler Control panel.
26. Tap-changing gear complete with tap position indicator, operation counter etc. For
OCTC gear (where specified), oil surge relay(OSL) with shut-off valve, Local control
cabinet and Tap changer in ECP and also DDCMIS
Note: All indication, alarm, trip contacts provided shall be rated for 0.5A at 220 V D.C. and
5A at 240 V A.C.

ANNEXURE-C
AUXILIARY EQUIPMENT

Note: SLD to be referred for the CT requirement and the actual CT details to be decided
during detail engineering. The CT details to be submitted with the bid. The CT calculation
shall be submitted for approval.

VOLUME : IIF/1
SECTION‐X TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATION
FOR
UNIT TRANSFORMERS

CONTENT


1.00.00 SCOPE OF SUPPLY VOL.II-F1/SEC-X: 1
2.00.00 CODES AND STANDARDS VOL.II-F1/SEC-X: 1
3.00.00 DESIGN CRITERIA VOL.II-F1/SEC-X: 2
4.00.00 SPECIFIC REQUIREMENTS VOL.II-F1/SEC-X: 3
5.00.00 TESTS VOL.II-F1/SEC-X: 10
6.00.00 SPECIAL TOOLS & TACKLES VOL.II-F1/SEC-X: 13
7.00.00 DRAWINGS DATA & MANUALS VOL.II-F1/SEC-X: 13
ATTACHMENTS

ANNEXURE-A RATINGS AND REQUIREMENTS VOL.II-F1/SEC-X: 15
ANNEXURE-B FITTINGS AND ACCESSORIES VOL.II-F1/SEC-X: 18
ANNEXURE-C AUXILIARY EQUIPMENT VOL.II-F1/SEC-X: 20

[2 x 660 MW] Main Plant Package CONTENT
DCPL-11Z02
VOLUME : IIF/1

SECTION‐X

FOR
UNIT TRANSFORMERS


1.01.00 */11.5 KV, 3 Phase, 35MVA, ONAN/ONAF Unit Transformers with RTCC in
ECP: Four (4) Nos. The actual MVA rating shall be finalized during detail
engineering based on actual load requirement for the main plant (BTG). The
bidder shall submit the complete load list for the system covered in the
package along with the bid
1.03.00 MVA rating of the transformer, as indicated above, shall be considered as the
minimum requirement for the project. Transformer offered by the bidder shall
be sized according to the maximum demand at most stringent condition plus
minimum 10 % margin
1.04.00 Each transformer shall be furnished complete with :
1.07.00 Recommended spare parts for three(3) years operation in addition to

mandatory spares.
* - Generator Voltage, KV


Insulating oil As per IEC : 296, IS : 335

CPCPL-Super Critical TPP-Tharangambadi VOL.II-F1/SEC-X : 1 DCPL-11Z02
On Load Tap Changer As per IEC 60214

(OLTC)
Bushing IS : 2099
Code of practice for selection installation& maintenance of transformers – IS-

10028

3.01.00 The transformer will be used to supply power for units & auxiliaries.

under the following condition:

absolute sum)
Continuous operation at rated MVA on any tap with voltage variation of ± 10%
corresponding to the voltage of the tap as well as in accordance with IS-6600.
In addition, all the transformers shall be able to operate at full load for at least
ten (10) minutes without exceeding the calculated winding hot spot
temperature of 150 deg.C in the event of complete failure of power supply to
cooling equipment. The transformer shall be capable of being loaded to a load
of 150% in accordance with IS 6600, IEC 60354 without any limitation
imposed by tap changer , bushing or any other equipment.



4.01.00 Tanks

adequate thickness.
oil.
rolling the transformer parallel to either canter line over 1676 mm rail gauge.
eyebolt for ease of handling.

assembly.

insulated for rated voltage. Insulation shall be of Class A.


circuit stresses.
4.03.00 Tapping

4.03.01 On load tap changer (OLTC) as specified in the annexure shall be provided
4.04.00 Not applicable

4.05.00 On‐Load Tap Changer (OLTC)

4.05.01 The OLTC switch contacts shall be located in a separate oil-filled chamber
complete with its own oil preservation system, Oil Surge relay, shut-off
valves, oil level gauge, gas vent etc.
4.05.02 OLTC mechanism and associated controls shall be housed in an outdoor

weatherproof cabinet. Internal illumination lamp and thermostat controlled
space heater shall be provided in the cabinet.
4.05.03 The tap change equipment shall be so designed that if the mechanism is
stuck in an intermediate position, the transformer shall be capable of
delivering full load without any injury.
4.05.04 The OLTC gear shall be suitable for local and remote electrical control at
ECP and local manual control. Further, there shall be provision of automatic
operation through voltage sensing relay wherever specified.
4.05.05 The hand cranking arrangement shall be such that it can be operated at
standing height from ground level. Further the mechanism shall be provided
with a tap position indicator and an operation counter.
4.05.06 Interlock shall be provided to ensure the following :-
a) Positive completion of tap changing step once initiated.
b) Blocking of reverse tap change command during a forward tap change

already in progress until the mechanism rests and vice-versa.
c) Cutting out of electrical circuit during manual operation.

4.05.07 The tap changing gear shall have local selector switches with ECP(RTCC)-
Local-Test-Central positions. Provisions of various modes of operation of the
tap changers of transformers, remote/local operation; operation from voltage
regulating relays etc. and for various interlocks shall be kept in the Remote
Tap Changer Control (RTCC) in ECP as well as local OLTC cabinet.
Necessary equipment switches, relays, etc., shall be provided in these
panels. The following minimum components shall be provided in the
ECP. Any other feature desired for proper and safe operation of equipment
shall be provided. All indicating lamps shall be LED type.
a) Voltage regulating relay for auto operation where specified.
b) Auto-manual selector switch where auto operation specified.
c) Selector switch for master follower solo operation.
d) Raise-Lower control switch
e) Necessary relays and accessories.
f) Tap position indicator
g) Indication lamps for “Tap change in Progress” and “Control supply

healthy”.
h) Red lamp to indicate master position
i) Annunciations for:
o Tap position in progress
o Mechanism stuck
o Control supply failure
o Tap changer A.C. supply failure
o Oil surge relay operated
4.05.08 Provisions shall be kept in the RTCC at ECP for serial link communication
with the plant DDCMIS.

prevent sludging.
outdoor storage.

bellow.
Sr.
No
2. Flash Point,°C >140°C
3. Pour Point, °C < (-)6°C

suspended matter
supply


> 30 > 50
As delivered, kV After treatment,
kV
13. Dissipation factor, at 90°C and 40 < 0.005
Hz to 60 Hz
16. Gassing tendency at 50 Hz after <5
120 min, mm3/min
4.07.00 Bushing

4.07.01 Bushing rated below 52KV voltage class shall be solid porcelain or oil
communicating type.

size.

relevant IS/IEC unless otherwise shown in the enclosed drawing.
with matching flanges around each bushing for connection to isolated phase
bus. The contractor shall furnish all necessary details in this connection for
co-ordination with the bus duct and shall guarantee the matching dimensions
4.08.03 Low voltage terminals shall be brought out thru' sidewall mounted bushings.
For bus duct connection, bushings shall have matching flange around. For
cable connection, a detachable type cable end-box with disconnect links shall
be furnished.
4.08.04 Low voltage winding neutral shall be brought out thru' side wall mounted
bushing to a detachable cable end-box with disconnect link.
4.08.05 The cable end-box shall be self-supporting, weather-proof, air filled type,
complete with all hardware such as gland plate, brass glands, tinned copper
lugs, armour clamps etc.

without dismantling the bus duct/cable connection.

4.09.01 The transformer cooling system (ONAN/ONAF) and number of cooling banks
and capacity of each bank shall be as specified in the annexure. The cooling
system shall comprise number of cooling units each complete with its radiator
banks, pumps, fans and other accessories
cooling unit/s, it shall be able to deliver its rated output not exceeding
specified temperature rise and calculated hot-spot temperature of 150°C
under following conditions:
a) for 20 minutes after failure of the blowers of one unit
b) for 10 minutes in the event of failure of the cooler units

4.09.06 Complete control for fans inclusive of all switches, fuses, starters, relays and
wiring shall be furnished. Each motor circuit shall have over load and short-
circuit protection.
4.09.07 Fan motor controls will be actuated automatically from winding temperature
indicator contacts. Provision shall however be kept for manual operation from
local cooler control panel and remote from respective control room by serial
link communication with the plant DCS in addition to ECP.
4.10.00 Control shall be from Electrical Control Panel / DDCMIS.

transformer. The box shall contain all auxiliary devices except those, which
4.12.00 Wiring

provided.
4.13.00 Grounding


effective earthing.

feeders one normal and the other standby.

4.15.01 Neutral bushing current transformers shall be furnished as per final approved
SLD
4.16.00 Painting

rust.
4.16.02 The internal surfaces in contact with insulating oil shall be painted with heat
resistant insulating varnish which shall not react with and be soluble in the
insulating liquid used.
4.16.04 The transformer shall be finished with two coats of RAL7032 paint unless

handling.


transportation.

5.00.00 TESTS



core.
withstand one minute power frequency test with 2.0KV (r.m.s.) to earth
5.01.05 Dielectric special tests as per IEC60076-3
5.01.06 Determination of capacitances windings-to-earth and between windings
5.01.09 Measurement of power consumption of fans
5.01.11 Measurement of dissipation factor (tan delta) of insulation system

capacitances
5.01.12 Tests on Transformer Oil to be carried out as per IS335.
5.01.13 The following routine test to be conducted on each transformer
f. Tests on on-load tap changers, where appropriate.
5.02.00 Type Tests


c) Short Circuit Test
Cost of tests shall be quoted separately by the Bidder.

b) Tank vacuum Test


h) Core insulation test 2 kV for one (1) minute
i) Excitation loss and current measurement at 90%, 100% &110% of

rated voltage
j) Pressure Relief Device Test




supplied.

this specification

for maintenance.
7.02.04 Write-ups on OLTC , oil preservation and cooling system.
5 years old.

(A) : Approval Category; (R).: Reference Category


height etc (R).

7.03.06 Control schematics(A) and wiring diagrams (R).
7.03.08 GA of Marshalling Box, Cooler control panel, OLTC cabinet, RTCC panel as
applicable (A).
The Owner /Purchaser may review the documents marked (R) if thought
documents shall be submitted in CD in AutoCAD 2000 and M.S. Office format

ANNEXURE-A

UNIT TRANSFORMERS

1.0 Application : Unit Transformer
2.0 Service : Outdoor, step down
5.0 Rated power : 35 MVA
6.0 Rated voltage ratio (line to line) : */11.5 KV

(1-Ph or 3-PH unit)
10.0 Cooling system
10.1 Type of Cooling & respective power : ONAN/ONAF

Value % of rated power
(ONAN/ONAF)
11.1 Design ambient temperature : 50 degree Centigrade

temperature.
a) in oil by thermometer : 50 oC
b) in winding by resistance : 55 oC
12.0 Insulation level (LI : Lightning Impulse

Voltage, AC : Short duration induced &
separate source AC withstand Voltage)
HV- (LI/AC) : 125 KVp/ 50KVrms
LV- (LI/AC) : 75 KVp/ 28 .KVrms

ANNEXURE-A
LV Neutral – (LI/AC) : 75 KVp/ 28 KVrms
13.0 Vector group : Dyn1
14.0 Short-circuit impedance at 75oC : 12.5% ± 10% on 35 MVA base

at principal tap
15.0 Parallel operation of transformer : Yes, Momentary
16.0 Type of taps provided : On Load, full capacity
16.2 Range of taps : (+)10% to ( -)10%, @ 1.25%
b) Electrical local : Yes
c) Electrical Remote : Yes
d) Automatic : Yes
17.0 Type of tank construction : convention tank with cover

18.0 Type of Oil preservation system : Bellows/ diaphragm sealed

conservator with silica gel
H.V. : Unearthed
L.V. : Non- effectively earthed through

resistance
H.V. : Isolated Phase Busduct
L.V. : Segregated Phase Busduct
L.V. Neutral : 2 x 1/C 70 mm sq Al, XLPE

Cable
21.1 Voltage class KV(r.m.s.) : 36 17.5 17.5
21.2 Material : solid porcelain or oil

communicating type.

[2 x 660 MW] Main Plant Package VOL.II-F1/SEC-X : 16 DCPL-11Z02
ANNEXURE-A
HV Side : To be decided by the bidder
LV Side : 44 KA (r.m.s.)
24.0 Max. Noise level in accordance with : As per NEMA std. TR-1
25.0 Auxiliary supply : 415V± 10%, 3 ph. 50 Hz ± 5%
: 220V +10%, -15% 2 wire DC

* Generation Voltage, KV

ANNEXURE-B

double diaphragm type.
logging).

13. Sampling valve.

ANNEXURE-B
connections.
25. Cooler units complete with valves, fans, supporting structure with fixing and
foundation bolts etc as required and Cooler Control panel.
OLTC gear , oil surge relay(OSL) with shut-off valve, Local control cabinet and
Remote Tap Changer Control (RTCC) at ECP
5A at 240 V A.C.

ANNEXURE-C
AUXILIARY EQUIPMENT

Transformer shall be provided with LV and Neutral bushing current transformers as per SLD.
The actual CT details shall be finalized during detail engineering
CT calculation shall be submitted for approval.

VOLUME : IIF/1
SECTION‐XI TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATION
FOR
STATION TRANSFORMERS

CONTENT


1.00.00 SCOPE OF SUPPLY VOL.II-F1/SEC-XI: 1
2.00.00 CODES AND STANDARDS VOL.II-F1/SEC-XI: 1
3.00.00 DESIGN CRITERIA VOL.II-F1/SEC-XI: 2
4.00.00 SPECIFIC REQUIREMENTS VOL.II-F1/SEC-XI: 3
5.00.00 TESTS VOL.II-F1/SEC-XI: 10
6.00.00 SPECIAL TOOLS & TACKLES VOL.II-F1/SEC-XI: 13
7.00.00 DRAWINGS DATA & MANUALS VOL.II-F1/SEC-XI: 13
ATTACHMENTS

ANNEXURE-A RATINGS AND REQUIREMENTS VOL.II-F1/SEC-XI: 15
ANNEXURE-B FITTINGS AND ACCESSORIES VOL.II-F1/SEC-XI: 21
ANNEXURE-C AUXILIARY EQUIPMENT VOL.II-F1/SEC-XI: 23
CPCPL-Super Critical TPP-Tharangambadi DCPL-11Z02

CONTENT
VOLUME : IIF/1

SECTION‐XI

FOR
STATION TRANSFORMERS


1.01.00 400/11.5/11.5KV Three winding 3 Phase,100MVA/50MVA/50MVA ONAN/ONAF
station transformer with RTCC in ECP: One (1) Nos. and 230/11.5 KV, 3
Phase, 50MVA, ONAN/ONAF station transformers with RTCC in ECP: One
(1) Nos. The actual MVA rating shall be finalized during detail engineering
based on actual load requirement for the main plant (BTG) and BOP. The
bidder shall submit the complete load list for the system covered in the
package along with the bid.
The 230KV station transformer and its 11 KV station board requirement

shall be decided during detailed engineering. Hence these items are to be
considered as optional and the separate prices need to be indicated in the
bid towards these items.
1.02.00 MVA rating of the transformer, as indicated above, shall be considered as the
minimum requirement for the project. Transformer offered by the bidder shall
be sized according to the maximum demand at most stringent condition plus
minimum 10 % margin
1.03.00 Each transformer shall be furnished complete with :
1.06.00 Recommended spare parts for three(3) years operation in addition to

mandatory spares.

CPCPL-Super Critical TPP-Tharangambadi VOL.II-F1/SEC-XI : 1 DCPL-11Z02


Insulating oil As per IEC : 296, IS : 335
On Load Tap Changer As per IEC 60214

(OLTC)
Bushing IS : 2099
Code of practice for selection installation& maintenance of transformers – IS-

10028

3.01.00 The transformer will be used to supply power for units & auxiliaries.

under the following condition:

absolute sum)
Continuous operation at rated MVA on any tap with voltage variation of ± 10%
corresponding to the voltage of the tap as well as in accordance with IS-6600.
In addition, all the transformers shall be able to operate at full load for at least
ten (10) minutes without exceeding the calculated winding hot spot
temperature of 150 deg.C in the event of complete failure of power supply to
cooling equipment. The transformer shall be capable of being loaded to a load
of 150% in accordance with IS 6600, IEC 60354 without any limitation
imposed by tap changer , bushing or any other equipment.


4.01.00 Tanks

adequate thickness.
oil.
rolling the transformer parallel to either canter line over 1676 mm rail gauge.
eyebolt for ease of handling.

assembly.

insulated for rated voltage. Insulation shall be of Class A.

circuit stresses.
4.03.00 Tapping

4.03.01 On load tap changer (OLTC) as specified in the annexure shall be provided
4.04.00 Not applicable

4.05.00 On‐Load Tap Changer (OLTC)

4.05.01 The OLTC switch contacts shall be located in a separate oil-filled chamber
complete with its own oil preservation system, Oil Surge relay, shut-off
valves, oil level gauge, gas vent etc.
4.05.02 OLTC mechanism and associated controls shall be housed in an outdoor

weatherproof cabinet. Internal illumination lamp and thermostat controlled
space heater shall be provided in the cabinet.
4.05.03 The tap change equipment shall be so designed that if the mechanism is
stuck in an intermediate position, the transformer shall be capable of
delivering full load without any injury.
4.05.04 The OLTC gear shall be suitable for local and remote electrical control at
ECP and local manual control. Further, there shall be provision of automatic
operation through voltage sensing relay wherever specified.
4.05.05 The hand cranking arrangement shall be such that it can be operated at
standing height from ground level. Further the mechanism shall be provided
with a tap position indicator and an operation counter.
4.05.06 Interlock shall be provided to ensure the following :-

a) Positive completion of tap changing step once initiated.
b) Blocking of reverse tap change command during a forward tap change

already in progress until the mechanism rests and vice-versa.
c) Cutting out of electrical circuit during manual operation.

4.05.07 The tap changing gear shall have local selector switches with ECP(RTCC)-
Local-Test-Central positions. Provisions of various modes of operation of the
tap changers of transformers remote/local operation; operation from voltage
regulating relays etc. and for various interlocks shall be kept in the
Remote Tap Changer Control (RTCC) in ECP as well as local OLTC
cabinet. Necessary equipment switches, relays, etc., shall be provided in
these panels. The following minimum components shall be provided in
the ECP. Any other feature desired for proper and safe operation of
equipment shall be provided. All indicating lamps shall be LED type.
a) Voltage regulating relay for auto operation where specified.
b) Auto-manual selector switch where auto operation specified.
c) Selector switch for master follower solo operation.
d) Raise-Lower control switch
e) Necessary relays and accessories.
f) Tap position indicator
g) Indication lamps for “Tap change in Progress” and “Control supply

healthy”.
h) Red lamp to indicate master position
i) Annunciations for:
o Tap position in progress
o Mechanism stuck
o Control supply failure
o Tap changer A.C. supply failure
o Oil surge relay operated
4.05.08 Provisions shall be kept in the RTCC at ECP for serial link communication
with the plant DDCMIS.

prevent sludging.

outdoor storage.

bellow.
Sr.
No
2. Flash Point,°C >140°C
3. Pour Point, °C < (-)6°C

suspended matter
supply


> 30 > 50
As delivered, kV After treatment,
kV
13. Dissipation factor, at 90°C and 40 < 0.005
Hz to 60 Hz
16. Gassing tendency at 50 Hz after <5
120 min, mm3/min
4.07.00 Bushing

4.07.01 Bushing rated below 52KV voltage class shall be solid porcelain or oil
communicating type.

size.

relevant IS/IEC unless otherwise shown in the enclosed drawing.
with matching flanges around each bushing for connection to isolated phase
bus. The contractor shall furnish all necessary details in this connection for
co-ordination with the bus duct and shall guarantee the matching dimensions
4.08.03 Low voltage terminals shall be brought out thru' sidewall mounted bushings.
For bus duct connection, bushings shall have matching flange around. For
cable connection, a detachable type cable end-box with disconnect links shall
be furnished.
4.08.04 Low voltage winding neutral shall be brought out thru' side wall mounted
bushing to a detachable cable end-box with disconnect link.
4.08.05 The cable end-box shall be self-supporting, weather-proof, air filled type,
complete with all hardware such as gland plate, brass glands, tinned copper
lugs, armour clamps etc.

without dismantling the bus duct/cable connection.

4.09.01 The transformer cooling system (ONAN/ONAF) and number of cooling banks
and capacity of each bank shall be as specified in the annexure. The cooling
system shall comprise number of cooling units each complete with its radiator
banks, pumps, fans and other accessories
cooling unit/s, it shall be able to deliver its rated output not exceeding
specified temperature rise and calculated hot-spot temperature of 150°C
under following conditions:
a) for 20 minutes after failure of the blowers of one unit
b) for 10 minutes in the event of failure of the cooler units

4.09.06 Complete control for fans inclusive of all switches, fuses, starters, relays and
wiring shall be furnished. Each motor circuit shall have over load and short-
circuit protection.
4.09.07 Fan motor controls will be actuated automatically from winding temperature
indicator contacts. Provision shall however be kept for manual operation from
local cooler control panel and remote from respective control room by serial
link communication with the plant DCS in addition to ECP.
4.10.00 Control shall be from Electrical Control Panel / DDCMIS.

transformer. The box shall contain all auxiliary devices except those, which
4.12.00 Wiring

provided.
4.13.00 Grounding


effective earthing.

feeders one normal and the other station.
along with automatic changeover scheme to switch on to the station source

4.15.01 Neutral bushing current transformers shall be furnished when specified in the
annexure.
4.16.00 Painting

rust.
4.16.02 The internal surfaces in contact with insulating oil shall be painted with heat
resistant insulating varnish which shall not react with and be soluble in the
insulating liquid used.
4.16.04 The transformer shall be finished with two coats of RAL7032 paint unless

handling.


transportation.
5.00.00 TESTS



core.
withstand one minute power frequency test with 2.0KV (r.m.s.) to earth
5.01.05 Dielectric special tests as per IEC60076-3
5.01.06 Determination of capacitances windings-to-earth and between windings
5.01.09 Measurement of power consumption of fans
5.01.11 Measurement of dissipation factor (tan delta) of insulation system

capacitances
5.01.12 Tests on Transformer Oil to be carried out as per IS335.
5.01.13 The following routine test to be conducted on each transformer
f. Tests on on-load tap changers, where appropriate.

5.02.00 Type Tests

c) Short Circuit Test
Cost of tests shall be quoted separately by the Bidder.

b) Tank vacuum Test


h) Core insulation test 2 kV for one (1) minute
i) Excitation loss and current measurement at 90%, 100% &110% of

rated voltage
j) Pressure Relief Device Test




supplied.

this specification

for maintenance.
7.02.04 Write-ups on OLTC , oil preservation and cooling system.
5 years old.

(A) : Approval Category; (R).: Reference Category


height etc (R).

7.03.06 Control schematics(A) and wiring diagrams (R).
7.03.08 GA of Marshalling Box, Cooler control panel, OLTC cabinet, RTCC panel as
applicable (A).
The Owner /Purchaser may review the documents marked (R) if thought
documents shall be submitted in CD in AutoCAD 2000 and M.S. Office format

ANNEXURE-A
RATINGS AND REQUIREMENTS FOR 400KV STATION TRNASFORMER (OBAT01)

1.0 Application : Station Transformer
3.0 Type : Oil immersed, Three

winding
5.0 Rated power : 100MVA/50MVA/50MVA
6.0 Rated voltage ratio (line to line) : 400KV/11.5KV/11.5KV

(1-Ph or 3-PH unit)
10.0 Cooling system

(ONAN/ONAF)

temperature.

HV- (LI/AC) : 1425 KVp/ 630KVrms

13.0
Vector group : YNynyn0d11

VOL.II-F1/SEC-X : 16
ANNEXURE-A
14.0 Short-circuit impedance at 75oC : 12.5% ± 10% on 50 MVA base (TO be

at principal tap decided to maintain short circuit level at
station board)
16.2 Range of taps : (+)10% to ( -)10%, @ 1.25%
d) Automatic : Yes


H.V. : Unearthed

resistance

Cable(Size to be checked by actual
calculation)

communicating type.

ANNEXURE-A
HV Side : 40KA(r.m.s)
: 220V +10%, -15% 2 wire DC

VOL.II-F1/SEC-X : 18 DCPL-11Z02
ANNEXURE-A
RATINGS AND REQUIREMENTS FOR 230KV STATION TRNASFORMER(OBAT02)

1.0 Application : Station Transformer
5.0 Rated power : 50 MVA
6.0 Rated voltage ratio (line to line) : 230/11.5 KV

(1-Ph or 3-PH unit)
10.0 Cooling system

(ONAN/ONAF)

temperature.

HV- (LI/AC) : 950 KVp/ .395KVrms
13.0 Vector group : YNyn0d11

ANNEXURE-A
14.0 Short-circuit impedance at 75oC : 12.5% ± 10% (To be decided

at principal tap during detailed engineering to limit
short circuit as station board short
circuit)
16.2 Range of taps : (+)10% to ( -)10%, @ 1.25%
d) Automatic : Yes


H.V. : Unearthed

resistance

Cable

communicating type.

ANNEXURE-A
HV Side : 40KA(r.m.s)
: 220V +10%, -15% 2 wire DC

ANNEXURE-B

double diaphragm type.
logging).

13. Sampling valve.

ANNEXURE-B
connections.
25. Cooler units complete with valves, fans, supporting structure with fixing and
foundation bolts etc as required and Cooler Control panel.
OLTC gear , oil surge relay(OSL) with shut-off valve, Local control cabinet and
Remote Tap Changer Control (RTCC) at ECP
5A at 240 V A.C.

ANNEXURE-C
AUXILIARY EQUIPMENT

Transformer shall be provided with LV and Neutral bushing current transformers as per SLD.
The actual CT details shall be finalized during detail engineering
CT calculation shall be submitted for approval.


1320 MW Specifications For Electrical Packages

Caricato da

Informazioni sul documento

Titolo originale

Copyright

Formati disponibili

Condividi questo documento

Condividi o incorpora il documento

Opzioni di condivisione

Hai trovato utile questo documento?

Questo contenuto è inappropriato?

Copyright:

Formati disponibili

1320 MW Specifications For Electrical Packages

Caricato da

Copyright:

Formati disponibili

DEVELOPMENT CONSULTANTS PRIVATE LIMITED

191, ANNA SALAI, CHENNAI - 600006

VOLUME-II : TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION

VOLUME-III : BID PROPOSAL SHEETS [TECHNICAL PART]

CPCPL-Super Critical TPP-Tharangambadi CONTENT DCPL-11Z02

VOLUME : II TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

VOLUME II-A : LEAD SPECIFICATION

VOLUME II-B : SPECIFICATIONS FOR STEAM GENERATOR & AUXILIARIES

VOLUME II-C : SPECIFICATIONS FOR TURBINE-GENERATOR, AUXILIARIES & OTHER

VOLUME II-E : SPECIFICATIONS FOR CONTROLS & INSTRUMENTATION

VOLUME II-F/1 & : SPECIFICATIONS FOR ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT &

VOLUME II-G : SPECIFICATIONS FOR ELEVATORS

VOLUME II-H : SPECIFICATIONS FOR MAIN, AUXILIARY & CLOSED CIRCUIT

VOLUME II-I : FLUE GAS DESULPHURISATION (FGD)

VOLUME II-J : TENDER DRAWINGS

CPCPL-Super Critical TPP-Tharangambadi CONTENT DCPL-11Z02

CPCPL-Super Critical TPP-Tharangambadi CONTENT DCPL-11Z02

VOLUME : IIF/1 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION FOR ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT

SECTION-I GENERAL ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATION

SECTION-II AC & DC MOTORS

SECTION-III ELECTRIC MOTOR ACTUATORS

SECTION-IV GENERATOR BUS DUCT

SECTION-VI 3.3 KV & 11 KV SEGREGATED PHASE BUS DUCT

SECTION-VII 415V PCC/PMCC/MCC, 415V AC AND 220V DC DB/SVB/FB, 220V

SECTION-VIII GENERATOR CURCUIT BREAKER

SECTION-IX GENERATOR TRANSFORMERS

SECTION-X UNIT TRANSFORMERS

SECTION-XI STATION TRANSFORMERS

CPCPL-Super Critical TPP-Tharangambadi CONTENT DCPL-11Z02

GENERAL ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATION

CLAUSE NO. DESCRIPTION PAGE NO.

1.00.00 SCOPE OF WORK V.II-F1/S-I : 1

2.00.00 TERMINAL POINT AND EXCLUSION V.II-F1/S-I : 4

3.00.00 CODES AND STANDARDS V.II-F1/S-I : 5

4.00.00 ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS V.II-F1/S-I : 5

5.00.00 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION V.II-F1/S-I : 6

6.00.00 LAYOUT CRITERIA V.II-F1/S-I : 10

7.00.00 AUXILIARY VOLTAGES V.II-F1/S-I : 14

8.00.00 SYSTEM STUDY V.II-F1/S-I : 14

9.00.00 SIZING CRITERIA FOR BATTERY V.II-F1/S-I : 16

10.00.00 SYSTEM CONTROL, METERING &

11.00.00 EQUIPMENT PROTECTION V.II-F1/S-I : 19

12.00.00 GROUNDING AND LIGHTNING PROTECTION V.II-F1/S-I : 19

13.00.00 ENERGY MANAGEMENT SYSTEM V.II-F1/S-I : 20

14.00.00 TESTING AND ERECTION EQUIPMENT V.II-F1/S-I : 24

15.00.00 CO-ORDINATION WITH STATUTORY

16.00.00 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS V.II-F1/S-I : 25

17.00.00 TYPE AND RATING OF EQUIPMENT V.II-F1/S-I : 28

18.00.00 ENCLOSURE V.II-F1/S-I : 28

CPCPL-Super Critical TPP-Tharangambadi CONTENT DCPL-11Z02

CLAUSE NO. DESCRIPTION PAGE NO.

19.00.00 TROPICAL PROTECTION V.II-F1/S-I : 28

20.00.00 ELECTRICAL SWITCH BOARDS V.II-F1/S-I : 28

21.00.00 CONDUITS V.II-F1/S-I : 30

22.00.00 TYPE TEST V.II-F1/S-I : 30

23.00.00 SPECIFIC REQUIREMENT - SERVICES

24.00.00 DRAWINGS, DATA, INFORMATION

ANNEXURE-A DESIGN DATA V.II-F1/S-I : 33

ANNEXURE-B MODULE SELECTION V.II-F1/S-I : 35

ANNEXURE-C TECHNICAL PARAMETERS OF

ANNEXURE-D CAPITALIZATION OF ELECTRICAL LOSSES V.II-F1/S-I : 39

ANNEXURE-1 PROPOSED COMMUNICATION

CPCPL-Super Critical TPP-Tharangambadi CONTENT DCPL-11Z02